1

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 11, 2000

REGISTRATION NO. 333-43192
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO
FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

DELAWARE                                 7379                                25-1701361

(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF          (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                 (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)          CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)               IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

333 WEST SAN CARLOS STREET, SUITE 700
SAN JOSE, CA 95110
(408) 280-7900
(ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------

JOHN K. KIBARIAN
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
333 WEST SAN CARLOS STREET
SUITE 700
SAN JOSE, CA 95110
(408) 280-7900
(NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

COPIES TO:

PETER COHN                                 MARK A. BERTELSEN
LOWELL D. NESS                                 JOSE F. MACIAS
M. ELISE ALEXANDER                              BURKE F. NORTON
ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP                      ELISE M. BRINCK
1020 MARSH ROAD                        WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
MENLO PARK, CA 94025                         PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
(650) 614-7400                               650 PAGE MILL ROAD
PALO ALTO, CA 94304
(650) 493-9300

------------------

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box.  [ ]

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]  ______________

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]  ______________

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]  ______________

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE
MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS
NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO
BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT
PERMITTED.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 11, 2000

5,000,000 Shares

[PDF Solutions, Inc. Logo]

Common Stock

------------------

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be
between $10.00 and $12.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on
The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market under the symbol "PDFS."

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 750,000 additional
shares to cover over-allotments of shares.

INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 6.

UNDERWRITING
PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND    PROCEEDS TO
PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS    PDF SOLUTIONS
-----------   -------------   -------------

Per Share............................................       $                   $               $
Total................................................  $              $               $

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about           ,
2000.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

LEHMAN BROTHERS

DAIN RAUSCHER WESSELS

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2000.

3

[INSIDE FRONT COVER]

[COLOR ARTWORK]

[The artwork depicts a bridge between IC design and manufacturing.]

4

------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE
----

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY....................    3
RISK FACTORS..........................    6
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-
LOOKING STATEMENTS..................   15
USE OF PROCEEDS.......................   16
DIVIDEND POLICY.......................   16
CAPITALIZATION........................   17
DILUTION..............................   18
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
DATA................................   19
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS.......................   21
BUSINESS..............................   29

PAGE
----

MANAGEMENT............................   39
RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS............   49
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS................   51
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK..........   54
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.......   56
UNDERWRITING..........................   58
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS..........   61
LEGAL MATTERS.........................   62
EXPERTS...............................   62
WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.........................   62
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS..........................  F-1

------------------

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR TO
WHICH WE HAVE REFERRED YOU. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH
INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS DOCUMENT MAY ONLY BE USED WHERE IT IS LEGAL
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES. THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE ACCURATE ONLY
ON THE DATE OF THIS DOCUMENT.

DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION

UNTIL             , 2000 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING),
ALL DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THESE SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS
IN ADDITION TO THE DEALER'S OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS AN
UNDERWRITER AND WITH RESPECT TO UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

5

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

You should read the following summary together with the more detailed
information and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, information in
this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

Our comprehensive technologies and services enable semiconductor companies
to improve yield and performance of manufactured integrated circuits by
providing infrastructure to integrate the design and manufacturing processes. We
believe that our solutions can significantly improve a semiconductor company's
time to market, the rate at which yield improves and product profitability. To
date, we have sold our technologies and services to, and established ongoing
relationships with, key integrated device manufacturers such as Toshiba
Corporation, Sony Corporation, Conexant Systems, Inc., Philips Semiconductor and
Texas Instruments Incorporated.

Customers for electronic products continue to demand new applications with
more power, reduced cost and smaller size. This leads semiconductor companies to
adopt diverse new technologies for integrated circuits, or ICs. At the same
time, they face dramatically compressed product life cycles. This has reduced
the time for semiconductor companies to successfully bring a product to market
in high volumes to achieve dominant market share and high-margin revenues. In
the current environment, semiconductor companies have encountered significant
challenges in their attempt to achieve competitive yields and optimize
performance, which are critical drivers of IC companies' financial results.
Disaggregation of the semiconductor industry into several separate specialized
organizations and entities has further complicated IC companies' ability to
maximize yield and optimize performance by fragmenting design and manufacturing
process knowledge. The combination of these factors has left a gap between the
design of an IC and its manufacture. We call this gap the design-to-silicon
yield gap.

We provide comprehensive silicon infrastructure technologies and services
to address and bridge the design-to-silicon yield gap. Our offerings combine
proprietary manufacturing process simulation, IC yield and performance modeling
software, comprehensive test chips, proven yield and performance enhancement
methodologies, and professional services. Our technologies and services drive
design and manufacturing changes that enable our customers to improve IC yield
and performance earlier in product life cycles, thereby enabling our customers
to simultaneously generate additional revenue and reduce costs. The result of
implementing our solutions is the creation of value that can be measured based
on improvements to our customers' actual IC yield and performance. We seek to
align our financial interests with our customers' business results. Through an
innovative approach that we call gain share, we receive revenue that varies
based on the value we create for our customers. To date, we have determined this
value based on the demonstrated yield and performance improvements our customers
realize on specific products or processes. As a result, our recurring revenues
scale to the extent our customers continue to realize these improvements.

Our objective is to provide the industry standard in design-to-silicon
yield solutions. To achieve this objective, we intend to leverage our
results-based gain share model to deepen our relationships with our customers
and rapidly generate market-driven improvements to our solutions. In addition,
we intend to focus our solutions on key high-volume, high-growth IC product
segments. We will also seek to extend and enhance our relationships with leading
companies at key stages of the design-to-silicon process, thereby increasing our
insight into future industry needs, and increasing industry awareness of our
solutions. We intend to continue expanding our research and development efforts,
and to selectively acquire complementary businesses and technologies to increase
the scope of our solutions. Further, we plan to expand geographically to gain
access to international engineering talent and to maintain proximity to our
expanding customer base.

3

6

We have a limited operating history. As of June 30, 2000, our accumulated
deficit was $2.6 million. For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999,
our net losses were approximately $268,000, $404,000 and $145,000, respectively.
For the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 2000, our net losses were
approximately $183,000 and $1.8 million, respectively. We expect our spending to
continue to exceed our revenue as we expand our business.

We were incorporated in Pennsylvania in November 1992. We reincorporated in
California in November 1995 and will reincorporate in Delaware in October 2000.
Our principal executive office is located at 333 West San Carlos Street, Suite
700, San Jose, CA 95110. Our telephone number at that location is (408)
280-7900. Our Internet address on the world wide web is http://www.pdf.com.
Information on our web site does not constitute part of this prospectus.

THE OFFERING

Common stock offered................     5,000,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after
this offering.......................     29,348,194 shares
Use of proceeds.....................     For general corporate purposes,
including working capital, and
repayment of indebtedness. See "Use of
Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National Market
symbol..............................     PDFS

The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on:

- 15,071,879 shares of our common stock outstanding on June 30, 2000;

- automatic conversion of all Series A preferred stock outstanding on June
30, 2000 into 8,750,000 shares of our common stock upon completion of
this offering; and

- automatic conversion of all Series B preferred stock issued on August 4,
2000 into 526,315 shares of our common stock upon completion of this
offering.

The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

- 1,236,744 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options and stock
purchase rights outstanding on June 30, 2000 at a weighted average
exercise price of $1.53 per share;

- 2,740,572 shares reserved under our 1997 stock plan as of June 30, 2000
and available for grant prior to completion of this offering; and

- 3,300,000 shares reserved under our 2000 stock plans and available for
grant following completion of this offering.

4

7

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------   ----------------
1997     1998     1999      1999     2000
------   ------   -------   ------   -------

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenue.......................................  $2,621   $6,227   $11,824   $5,334   $ 8,276
Total costs and expenses............................   3,019    6,417    11,541    5,268     9,865
Income (loss) from operations.......................    (398)    (190)      283       66    (1,589)
Net loss............................................    (268)    (404)     (145)    (183)   (1,821)
Net loss per share -- basic and diluted.............  $(0.04)  $(0.05)  $ (0.02)  $(0.02)  $ (0.17)
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss
per share.........................................   6,152    7,416     9,128    8,576    10,474
Pro forma net loss per share -- basic and diluted...                    $ (0.01)           $ (0.09)
Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted
net loss per share................................                     17,878             19,224

JUNE 30, 2000
-----------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
ACTUAL        PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
-----------    -----------    -----------

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents................................    $1,443         $ 6,403        $55,148
Working capital..........................................       434           5,394         54,139
Total assets.............................................     9,093          14,053         62,798
Long-term obligations, less current portion..............        54              54             54
Convertible preferred stock..............................     3,497              --             --
Total shareholders' equity (deficiency)..................      (419)          8,038         57,778

---------------
See Notes 1 and 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an
explanation of the determination of the amounts used in computing net loss per
share and pro forma net loss per share amounts. See also Note 12 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the pro forma effects resulting from the
sale, issuance and assumed conversion of the Series B preferred stock.

The pro forma balance sheet data above gives effect to receipt of the net
proceeds from our sale of 526,315 shares of Series B preferred stock on August
4, 2000 and reflects the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into
9,276,315 shares of common stock automatically upon completion of this offering.

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the sale of
shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering
price of $11.00 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, and the application of the net
proceeds.

5

8

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other
information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock in
this offering.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

IF SEMICONDUCTOR DESIGNERS AND MANUFACTURERS DO NOT ADOPT OUR DESIGN-TO-SILICON
YIELD SOLUTIONS, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO INCREASE OR MAINTAIN OUR REVENUE.

If semiconductor designers and manufacturers do not adopt our
design-to-silicon yield solutions, our revenue could decline. To date, we have
worked with a limited number of semiconductor companies on a limited number of
integrated circuit, or IC, products and processes. To be successful, we will
need to enter into agreements covering a larger number of IC products and
processes with existing customers and new customers. Our existing customers are
large integrated device manufacturers, or IDMs. We will need to target as new
customers additional IDMs, as well as semiconductor companies in different
segments of the semiconductor market, such as fabless semiconductor companies,
foundries and system manufacturers. Factors that may limit adoption of our
design-to-silicon yield solutions by semiconductor companies include:

- our customers may fail to achieve satisfactory yield improvements using
our design-to-silicon yield solutions;

- the industry may develop alternative methods to enhance the integration
between the semiconductor design and manufacturing processes due to a
rapidly evolving market and the likely emergence of new technologies;

- our existing and potential customers may be reluctant to understand and
accept our innovative gain share fee component, which is a variable fee
based on improvements in our customers' yields;

- semiconductor companies may not use our design-to-silicon yield solutions
if there is a decrease in demand for semiconductors generally or if the
demand for deep submicron semiconductors fails to grow as rapidly as
expected; and

- customers may be concerned about our ability to keep highly competitive
information confidential.

OUR EARNINGS PER SHARE AND OTHER KEY OPERATING RESULTS MAY BE UNUSUALLY HIGH IN
A GIVEN QUARTER, THEREBY RAISING INVESTORS' EXPECTATIONS, AND THEN UNUSUALLY LOW
IN THE NEXT QUARTER, THEREBY DISAPPOINTING INVESTORS, WHICH COULD CAUSE OUR
STOCK PRICE TO DROP.

Historically, our quarterly operating results have fluctuated. Our future
quarterly operating results will likely fluctuate from time to time and may not
meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors in some future
period. The price of our common stock could decline due to such fluctuations.
The following factors may cause significant fluctuations in our future quarterly
operating results:

- the size and timing of sales volumes achieved by our customers' products;

- the loss of any of our large customers;

- the size of improvements in our customers' yield and the timing of
agreement as to those improvements;

- our long and variable sales cycle;

- changes in the mix of our revenue;

- changes in the level of our operating expenses needed to support our
projected growth; and

- delays in completing solution implementations for our customers.

6

9

OUR RECENT ADOPTION OF A NOVEL AND UNPROVEN BUSINESS MODEL MAKES IT DIFFICULT TO
EVALUATE OUR FUTURE PROSPECTS.

Since we recently adopted our current business model, we do not have a long
history of operating results on which you can base your evaluation of our
business. In 1998, we began selling software, services and other technologies
together as a design-to-silicon yield solution for the first time. Because we
have not demonstrated our ability to generate significant revenue, our business
model is unproven, especially with respect to gain share fees, which we expect
will constitute a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future.
In the past, we generally earned fixed fees for the separate sale of our
software, services and other technologies. Under our new business model, we are
selling these items together as a package and charging both a fixed fee and a
variable fee based on demonstrated improvements in our customers' yields, which
we call gain share. Our existing and potential customers may resist this
approach and may seek to limit or restrict our gain share fees. As a result, it
will be difficult for financial markets analysts and investors to evaluate our
future prospects.

OUR GAIN SHARE REVENUE IS LARGELY DEPENDENT ON THE VOLUME OF ICS OUR CUSTOMERS
ARE ABLE TO SELL TO THEIR CUSTOMERS, WHICH IS OUTSIDE OUR CONTROL.

Our gain share revenue for a particular product is largely determined by
the volume of that product our customer is able to sell to its customers, which
is outside of our control. We have limited ability to predict the success or
failure of our customer's IC products. We may commit a significant amount of
time and resources to a customer who is ultimately unable to sell as many units
as we had anticipated when contracting with them. Since we currently work on a
small number of large projects, any product that does not achieve commercial
viability could significantly reduce our revenue and results of operations below
expectations. In addition, if we work with two directly competitive products,
volume in one may offset volume, and any of our related gain share, in the other
product.

GAIN SHARE MEASUREMENT REQUIRES DATA COLLECTION AND IS SUBJECT TO CUSTOMER
AGREEMENT, WHICH CAN RESULT IN UNCERTAINTY AND CAUSE QUARTERLY RESULTS TO
FLUCTUATE.

We can only recognize gain share revenue once we have reached agreement
with our customers on their level of yield performance improvements. Because
measuring the amount of yield improvement is inherently complicated and
dependent on our customers' internal information systems, there may be
uncertainty as to some components of measurement. This could result in our
recognition of less revenue than expected. In addition, any delay in measuring
gain share could cause all of the associated revenue to be delayed until the
next quarter. Since we currently have only a few large customers and we are
relying on gain share as a significant component of our total revenue, any delay
could significantly harm our quarterly results.

CHANGES IN THE STRUCTURE OF OUR CUSTOMER CONTRACTS, PARTICULARLY THE MIX BETWEEN
FIXED AND VARIABLE REVENUE, CAN ADVERSELY AFFECT THE SIZE AND TIMING OF OUR
TOTAL REVENUE.

Our success is largely dependent upon our ability to structure our future
customer contracts to include a larger gain share component relative to the
fixed fee component. If we are successful in increasing the gain share component
of our customer contracts, we will experience an adverse impact on our operating
results in the short term as we reduce the fixed fee component, which we
typically recognize earlier than gain share fees. In addition, by increasing the
gain share component, we increase the variability of our revenue, and therefore
increase the risk that our total future revenue will be lower than expected and
fluctuate significantly from period to period.

WE GENERATE VIRTUALLY ALL OF OUR TOTAL REVENUE FROM A LIMITED NUMBER OF
CUSTOMERS, SO THE LOSS OF ANY ONE OF THESE CUSTOMERS COULD SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCE
OUR REVENUE AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BELOW EXPECTATIONS.

Historically, we have had a small number of large customers and we expect
this to continue in the near term. In the six months ended June 30, 2000, four
customers accounted for 94% of our total revenue,

7

10

with Toshiba representing 34%, Sony representing 34%, Conexant representing 15%
and Philips representing 11%. The loss of any one customer could significantly
reduce our total revenue below expectations. In particular, such a loss could
cause significant fluctuations in results of operations due to our expenses
being fixed in the short term, the fact that it takes us a long time to replace
customers and because any offsetting gain share revenue from new customers would
not begin to be recognized until much later.

IT TYPICALLY TAKES US A LONG TIME TO SELL OUR NOVEL SOLUTIONS TO NEW CUSTOMERS,
WHICH CAN RESULT IN UNCERTAINTY AND DELAYS IN GENERATING ADDITIONAL REVENUE.

Because our gain share business model is novel and our design-to-silicon
yield solutions are unfamiliar, our sales cycle is lengthy and requires a
significant amount of our senior management's time and effort. Furthermore, we
need to target those individuals within a customer's organization who have
overall responsibility for the profitability of an IC. These individuals tend to
be senior management or executive officers. We may face difficulty identifying
and establishing contact with such individuals. We typically send one or more of
our senior executives and several engineers to meet with a prospective customer.
Even after initial acceptance, due to the complexity of structuring the gain
share component, the negotiation and documentation processes can be lengthy. It
can take six months or more to reach a signed contract with a customer.
Unexpected delays in our sales cycle could cause our revenue to fall short of
expectations.

WE HAVE A HISTORY OF LOSSES, WE EXPECT TO INCUR LOSSES IN THE FUTURE AND WE MAY
BE UNABLE TO ACHIEVE OR SUBSEQUENTLY MAINTAIN PROFITABILITY.

We may not achieve or subsequently maintain profitability if our revenue
increases more slowly than we expect or not at all. In addition, virtually all
of our operating expenses are fixed in the short term, so any shortfall in
anticipated revenue in a given period could significantly reduce our operating
results below expectations. Our accumulated deficit was $2.6 million as of June
30, 2000. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses in connection
with:

- increased funding for research and development;

- expansion of our solution implementation teams;

- expansion of our sales and marketing efforts; and

- additional non-cash charges relating to amortization of intangibles and
deferred stock compensation.

As a result, we will need to significantly increase revenue to achieve and
maintain profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may be unable to
sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Any of these
factors could cause our stock price to decline.

WE MUST CONTINUALLY ATTRACT AND RETAIN HIGHLY TALENTED EXECUTIVES, ENGINEERS AND
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PERSONNEL OR WE WILL BE UNABLE TO EXPAND OUR BUSINESS
AS PLANNED.

We will need to continue to hire highly talented executives, engineers and
research and development personnel to support our planned growth. We have
experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, delays and limitations in
hiring and retaining highly skilled individuals with appropriate qualifications.
We intend to continue to hire foreign nationals, particularly as we expand our
operations internationally. We have had, and expect to continue to have,
difficulty in obtaining visas permitting entry into the United States, for
several of our key personnel, which disrupts our ability to strategically locate
our personnel. In addition, we have a number of openings for key executive
positions, including a Vice President of Marketing and additional Vice
Presidents of Client Services, that we will need to fill in order to
successfully execute our business strategy. We may have difficulty recruiting
these executives or integrating them into our existing management team. If we
lose the services of any of our key executives or a significant number of our
engineers, it could disrupt our ability to implement our business strategy.

8

11

Competition for executives and qualified engineers is intense, especially in
Silicon Valley where we are principally based.

IF OUR DESIGN-TO-SILICON YIELD SOLUTIONS FAIL TO KEEP PACE WITH THE RAPID
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES IN THE SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY, WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS AND
REVENUE.

We must continually devote significant engineering resources to enable us
to keep up with the rapidly evolving technologies and equipment used in the
semiconductor design and manufacturing processes. These innovations are
inherently complex and require long development cycles. Not only do we need the
technical expertise to implement the changes necessary to keep our technologies
current, we also rely heavily on the judgment of our advisors and management to
anticipate future market trends. Our customers expect us to stay ahead of the
technology curve and expect that our design-to-silicon yield solutions will
support any new design or manufacturing processes or materials as soon as they
are deployed. If we are not able to timely predict industry changes, or if we
are unable to modify our design-to-silicon yield solutions on a timely basis,
our existing solutions will be rendered obsolete and we may lose customers. If
we do not keep pace with technology, our existing and potential customers may
choose to develop their own solutions internally as an alternative to ours, and
we could lose market share to competitors, which could adversely affect our
operating results.

WE INTEND TO PURSUE ADDITIONAL STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS, WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO
MAXIMIZE OUR GROWTH AND WHICH COULD SUBSTANTIALLY DIVERT MANAGEMENT ATTENTION
AND RESOURCES.

In order to establish strategic relationships with industry leaders at each
stage of the IC design and manufacturing processes, we may need to expend
significant resources and will need to commit a significant amount of
management's time and attention, with no guarantee of success. If we are unable
to enter into strategic relationships with these companies, we will not be as
effective at modeling existing technologies or at keeping ahead of the curve as
new technologies are introduced. In the past, the absence of an established
working relationship with key companies in the industry has meant that we have
had to exclude the effect of their component parts from our modeling analysis,
which reduces the overall effectiveness of our analysis and limits our ability
to improve yield. We may be unable to establish key industry strategic
relationships if any of the following occur:

- potential industry partners become concerned about our ability to protect
their intellectual property;

- potential industry partners develop their own solutions to address the
need for yield improvement;

- our potential competitors establish relationships with industry partners
with which we seek to establish a relationship; or

- potential industry partners attempt to restrict our ability to enter into
relationships with their competitors.

WE FACE OPERATIONAL AND FINANCIAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL
OPERATIONS.

We derive a majority of our revenue from international sales, principally
from customers based in Japan. Revenue generated from customers in Japan
accounted for 70% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 1997, 82%
in the year ended December 31, 1998, 90% in the year ended December 31, 1999,
and 68% in the six months ended June 30, 2000. We expect that a significant
portion of our total future revenue will continue to be derived from companies
based in Japan. We are subject to risks inherent in doing business in
international markets. These risks include:

- some of our key engineers and other personnel who are foreign nationals
may have difficulty gaining access to the United States and other
countries in which our customers or our offices may be located;

- greater difficulty in collecting account receivables resulting in longer
collection periods;

9

12

- language and other cultural differences may inhibit our sales and
marketing efforts and create internal communication problems among our
U.S. and foreign research and development teams;

- compliance with and unexpected changes in a wide variety of foreign laws
and regulatory environments with which we are not familiar;

- currency risk due to the fact that expenses for our international offices
are denominated in the local currency, while virtually all of our revenue
is denominated in U.S. dollars; and

- economic or political instability.

In Japan, in particular, we face the following additional risks:

- Any recurrence of the recent overall downturn in Asian economies could
limit our ability to retain existing customers and attract new ones in
Asia.

- If the U.S. dollar increases in value relative to the Japanese Yen, the
cost of our solutions will be more expensive to existing and potential
Japanese customers and therefore less competitive.

If any of these risks materialize, we may be unable to continue to market our
design-to-silicon yield solutions successfully in international markets.

COMPETITION IN THE MARKET FOR SOLUTIONS THAT ADDRESS YIELD IMPROVEMENT AND
INTEGRATION BETWEEN IC DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING MAY INTENSIFY IN THE FUTURE,
WHICH COULD SLOW OUR ABILITY TO GROW OR EXECUTE OUR STRATEGY.

Competition in our market may intensify in the future, which could slow our
ability to grow or execute our strategy. Our current and potential customers may
choose to develop their own solutions internally, particularly if we are slow in
deploying our solutions. Many of these companies have the financial and
technical capability to develop their own solutions. Currently, we are not aware
of any other provider of comprehensive commercial solutions for systematic IC
yield and performance enhancement. We face indirect competition from the
internal groups at IC companies that work on process integration, including
groups at current customers, such as Toshiba or Conexant, and at prospective
customers. Some vendors to IC companies may also compete with us indirectly. For
example, Cadence Design Systems, Inc., a prominent electronic design automation
vendor, has offerings that help enhance IC layout in ways that could result in
improved yield. Providers of yield management software aimed at maintaining and
improving yield in mass production, such as KLA-Tencor Corporation, help us
maintain yield gains achieved in integration and ramp, and could be perceived as
indirect competition. In addition to such indirect competition, we believe that
the demand for solutions that address the need for better integration between
the silicon design and manufacturing processes may encourage direct competitors
to enter into our market. For example, large integrated organizations, such as
IDMs, electronic design automation software providers, IC design service
companies or semiconductor equipment vendors, may decide to spin-off a business
unit that competes with us. Other potential competitors include fabrication
facilities that may decide to offer solutions competitive with ours as part of
their value proposition to their customers. If these potential competitors are
able to attract industry partners or customers faster than we can, we may not be
able to grow and execute our strategy as quickly or at all. In addition,
customer preferences may shift away from our design-to-silicon yield solutions
as a result of the increase in competition.

WE MUST EFFECTIVELY MANAGE AND SUPPORT OUR RECENT AND PLANNED GROWTH IN ORDER
FOR OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY TO SUCCEED.

We will need to continue to grow in all areas of operation and successfully
integrate and support our existing and new employees into our operations, or we
may be unable to implement our business strategy in the time frame we
anticipate, if at all. We expect to outgrow our principal office facilities by
the end of 2000 and will need to secure additional space or relocate to a larger
facility, which could be difficult in the very competitive Silicon Valley office
leasing market. We will also need to switch to a new accounting system in the
near future, which could result in reporting errors and other difficulties that
may disrupt our

10

13

business operations and distract management. In addition, we will need to expand
our intranet to support new data centers to enhance our research and development
efforts. Our intranet is expensive to expand and must be highly secure due to
the sensitive nature of our customer's information that we transmit. Building
and managing the support necessary for our growth places significant demands on
our management and resources. These demands may divert these resources from the
continued growth of our business and implementation of our business strategy.
Further, we must adequately train our new personnel, especially our technical
support personnel, to adequately, and accurately, respond to and support our
customers. If we fail to do this, it could lead to dissatisfaction among our
customers, which could slow our growth.

OUR SOLUTION IMPLEMENTATIONS MAY TAKE LONGER THAN WE ANTICIPATE WHICH COULD
CAUSE US TO LOSE CUSTOMERS AND MAY RESULT IN ADJUSTMENTS TO OUR OPERATING
RESULTS.

Our solution implementations require a team of engineers to collaborate
with our customers to address complex yield loss issues by using our software
and other technologies. We must estimate the amount of time needed to complete
an existing solution implementation in order to estimate when the engineers will
be able to commence a new solution implementation. Given the time pressures
involved in bringing IC products to market, targeted customers may proceed
without us if we are not able to commence their solution implementation on time.
Due to our lengthy sales cycle, we may be unable to replace these targeted
implementations in a timely manner, which could cause fluctuations in our
operating results.

In addition, our accounting for solution implementation contracts, which
generate fixed fees, sometimes require adjustments to profit and loss based on
revised estimates during the performance of the contract. These adjustments may
have a material effect on our results of operations in the period in which they
are made. The estimates giving rise to these risks, which are inherent in
fixed-price contracts, include the forecasting of costs and schedules, and
contract revenues related to contract performance.

OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND OUR HEAD OF PRODUCTS AND METHODS ARE CRITICAL TO
OUR BUSINESS AND WE CANNOT GUARANTEE THAT THEY WILL REMAIN WITH US INDEFINITELY.

Our future success will depend to a significant extent on the continued
services of John Kibarian, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and David
Joseph, our Vice President, Products and Methods. If we lose the services of
either of these key executives, it could slow execution of our business plan,
hinder our product development processes and impair our sales efforts. Searching
for their replacements could divert our other senior management's time and
increase our operating expenses. In addition, our industry partners and
customers could become concerned about our future operations, which could injure
our reputation. We do not have long-term employment agreements with these
executives and we do not maintain any key person life insurance policies on
their lives.

INADVERTENT DISCLOSURE OF OUR CUSTOMERS' CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION COULD RESULT
IN COSTLY LITIGATION AND CAUSE US TO LOSE EXISTING AND POTENTIAL CUSTOMERS.

Our customers consider their product yield information and other
confidential information, which we must gather in the course of our engagement
with the customer, to be extremely competitively sensitive. If we inadvertently
disclosed or were required to disclose this information, we would likely lose
existing and potential customers, and could be subject to costly litigation. In
addition, to avoid potential disclosure of confidential information to
competitors, some of our customers may, in the future, ask us not to work with
key competitive products.

IF WE FAIL TO PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, CUSTOMERS OR POTENTIAL
COMPETITORS MAY BE ABLE TO USE OUR TECHNOLOGIES TO DEVELOP THEIR OWN SOLUTIONS
WHICH COULD WEAKEN OUR COMPETITIVE POSITION, REDUCE OUR REVENUE OR INCREASE OUR
COSTS.

Our success depends largely on the proprietary nature of our technologies.
We currently rely primarily on copyright, trademark and trade secret protection.
Whether or not patents are granted to us, litigation may be necessary to enforce
our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the

11

14

proprietary rights of others. As a result of any such litigation, we could lose
our proprietary rights and incur substantial unexpected operating costs.
Litigation could also divert our resources, including our managerial and
engineering resources. In the future, we intend to rely primarily on a
combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets to protect our
proprietary rights and prevent competitors from using our proprietary
technologies in their products. These laws and procedures provide only limited
protection. Our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents,
and even if issued, they may not be sufficiently broad to protect our
proprietary technologies. Also, patent protection in foreign countries may be
limited or unavailable where we need such protection.

OUR TECHNOLOGIES COULD INFRINGE THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF OTHERS
CAUSING COSTLY LITIGATION AND THE LOSS OF SIGNIFICANT RIGHTS.

Significant litigation regarding intellectual property rights exists in the
semiconductor industry. It is possible that a third party may claim that our
technologies infringe their intellectual property rights or misappropriate their
trade secrets. Any claim, even if without merit, could be time consuming to
defend, result in costly litigation and require us to enter into royalty or
licensing agreements. These royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may
not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of
infringement against us in connection with the use of our technologies could
adversely affect our business.

DEFECTS IN OUR PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGIES AND SOFTWARE TOOLS COULD DECREASE OUR
REVENUE AND OUR COMPETITIVE MARKET SHARE.

If the software or proprietary technologies we provide to a customer
contain defects that increase our customer's cost of goods sold and time to
market, these defects could significantly decrease the market acceptance of our
design-to-silicon yield solutions. Any actual or perceived defects with our
software or proprietary technologies may also hinder our ability to attract or
retain industry partners or customers, leading to a decrease in our revenue.
These defects are frequently found during the period following introduction of
new software or proprietary technologies or enhancements to existing software or
proprietary technologies. Our software or proprietary technologies may contain
errors not discovered until after customer implementation of the silicon design
and manufacturing process recommended by us. If our software or proprietary
technologies contain errors or defects, it could require us to expend
significant resources to alleviate these problems, which could result in the
diversion of technical and other resources from our other development efforts.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RAISE NECESSARY FUNDS TO SUPPORT OUR GROWTH OR EXECUTE OUR
STRATEGY.

We currently anticipate that our available cash resources, combined with
the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our presently
anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least
the next 12 months. However, we may need to raise additional funds in order to:

- support more rapid expansion;

- develop or enhance design-to-silicon yield solutions;

- respond to competitive pressures; or

- acquire complementary businesses or technologies.

These factors will impact our future capital requirements and the adequacy
of our available funds. We may need to raise additional funds through public or
private financings, strategic relationships or other arrangements. We cannot
guarantee that we will be able to raise any necessary funds on terms favorable
to us, or at all.

12

15

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXPAND OUR PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGIES IF WE DO NOT
CONSUMMATE POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS OR INVESTMENTS OR SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE THEM
WITH OUR BUSINESS.

To expand our proprietary technologies, we may acquire or make investments
in complementary businesses, technologies or products if appropriate
opportunities arise. We may be unable to identify suitable acquisition or
investment candidates at reasonable prices or on reasonable terms, or consummate
future acquisitions or investments, each of which could slow our growth
strategy. We may have difficulty integrating the acquired products, personnel or
technologies of our recently acquired German company or of any additional
acquisitions we might make. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing
business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INDUSTRY

THE SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY IS CYCLICAL IN NATURE.

Our revenue is highly dependent upon the overall condition of the
semiconductor industry, especially in light of our gain share revenue component.
The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and subject to rapid technological
change and has been subject to significant economic downturns at various times,
characterized by diminished product demand, accelerated erosion of average
selling prices and production overcapacity. The semiconductor industry also
periodically experiences increased demand and production capacity constraints.
As a result, we may experience significant fluctuations in operating results due
to general semiconductor industry conditions, and overall economic conditions.

SEMICONDUCTOR COMPANIES ARE SUBJECT TO RISK OF NATURAL DISASTERS.

Semiconductor companies have in the past experienced major reductions in
foundry capacity due to earthquakes in Taiwan, Japan and California. In light of
our gain share revenue component, our results of operations can be significantly
decreased if one of our customers must shut down IC production due to a natural
disaster such as earthquake, fire, tornado or flood. Moreover, since
semiconductor product life cycles have become relatively short, a significant
delay in the production of a product could result in lost revenue, not merely
delayed revenue.

RISKS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

MANAGEMENT WILL HAVE BROAD DISCRETION AS TO THE USE OF PROCEEDS FROM THIS
OFFERING AND, AS A RESULT, WE MAY NOT USE THE PROCEEDS TO THE SATISFACTION OF
OUR STOCKHOLDERS.

Our board of directors and management will have broad discretion in
allocating the net proceeds of this offering. They may choose to allocate such
proceeds in ways that do not yield a favorable return or are not supported by
our stockholders. We have designated only limited specific uses for the net
proceeds from this offering. Please see "Use of Proceeds."

THE CONCENTRATION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK OWNERSHIP WITH INSIDERS UPON THE
COMPLETION OF THIS OFFERING WILL LIKELY LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO INFLUENCE
CORPORATE MATTERS.

The concentration of ownership of our outstanding capital stock with our
directors and executive officers after this offering may limit your ability to
influence corporate matters. Upon completion of this offering, our directors and
executive officers, and their affiliates, will beneficially own 49.0% of our
outstanding capital stock. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together,
will have the ability to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for
approval, including the election and removal of directors and the approval of
any corporate transactions.

13

16

WE HAVE ANTI-TAKEOVER DEFENSES THAT COULD DELAY OR PREVENT AN ACQUISITION OF OUR
COMPANY.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws in effect after
completion of this offering and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a
third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our
stockholders. Please see "Description of Capital Stock."

NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN THE UNDERWRITERS AND US DETERMINED THE INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE, BUT THE MARKET PRICE MAY BE LESS OR MAY BE VOLATILE, AND YOU MAY
NOT BE ABLE TO RESELL YOUR SHARES AT OR ABOVE THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE.

The initial public offering price for the shares has been determined by
negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not
be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. An active
public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this
offering. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in
response to factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

- actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

- changes in market valuations of other technology companies;

- conditions or trends in the semiconductor industry;

- announcements by us or our potential competitors of significant technical
innovations, contracts, acquisitions or partnerships;

- additions or departures of key personnel;

- any deviations in revenue or in losses from levels expected by securities
analysts;

- volume fluctuations, which are particularly common among highly volatile
securities of technology related companies; and

- sales of substantial amounts of our common stock or other securities in
the open market.

General political or economic conditions, such as a recession, or interest
rate or currency rate fluctuations could also cause the market price of our
common stock to decline. Please see "Underwriting."

OUR STOCK PRICE IS LIKELY TO BE EXTREMELY VOLATILE AS THE MARKET FOR TECHNOLOGY
COMPANIES' STOCK HAS RECENTLY EXPERIENCED EXTREME PRICE AND VOLUME FLUCTUATIONS.

Volatility in the market price of our common stock could result in
securities class action litigation. Any litigation would likely result in
substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources.
Despite the strong pattern of operating losses of technology companies, the
market demand, valuation and trading prices of these companies have been high.
At the same time, the share prices of these companies' stocks have been highly
volatile and have recorded lows well below their historical highs. As a result,
investors in these companies often buy the stock at very high prices only to see
the price drop substantially a short time later, resulting in an extreme drop in
value in the stock holdings of these investors. Our stock may not trade at the
same levels as other technology stocks. In addition, technology stocks in
general may not sustain current market prices.

A LARGE NUMBER OF SHARES BECOMING ELIGIBLE FOR SALE AFTER THIS OFFERING COULD
CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO DECLINE.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after this
offering could cause our stock price to fall. Our current stockholders hold a
substantial number of shares, which they will be able to sell in the public
market in the near future. Beginning on the effective date of this prospectus,
only the shares sold in the offering will be immediately available for sale in
the public market. Beginning 180 days after the effective date, approximately
21,441,176 shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 701 and pursuant to
Rule 144. An additional 4,747,762 shares will be eligible for sale on various
dates following the 181st day after the effective date of this prospectus,
subject to compliance with the provisions of Rule 144

14

17

or Rule 701 or pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8, which we expect
to file following completion of the offering. Please see "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."

YOU WILL INCUR IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION IN THE BOOK VALUE OF THE STOCK
YOU PURCHASE.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the book
value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the offering.
This is referred to as dilution. Accordingly, if you purchase common stock in
the offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $9.10, at an
assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, in the tangible book
value per share of our common stock from the price you pay for our common stock.
Please see "Dilution."

IF WE RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL THROUGH THE ISSUANCE OF NEW SECURITIES AT A PRICE
LOWER THAN THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE, YOU WILL INCUR ADDITIONAL
DILUTION.

If we raise additional capital through the issuance of new securities at a
lower price than the initial public offering price, you will be subject to
additional dilution. If we are unable to access the public markets in the
future, or if our performance or prospects decrease, we may need to consummate a
private placement or public offering of our capital stock at a lower price than
the initial public offering price. In addition, any new securities may have
rights, preferences or privileges senior to those securities held by you.

EXERCISE OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AFTER THIS OFFERING COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
STOCK PRICE.

If holders of registration rights exercise those rights after this
offering, a large number of securities could be registered and sold in the
public market, which could result in a decline in the price of our common stock.
If we were to include in a company-initiated registration shares held by these
holders pursuant to the exercise of their registration rights, our ability to
raise needed capital could suffer. After this offering, the holders of
18,026,314 shares of our common stock, which will represent a total of
approximately 61.4% of our outstanding stock after completion of this offering,
are entitled to rights with respect to registration under the Securities Act of
1933.

WE DO NOT INTEND TO PAY DIVIDENDS.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We
currently intend to retain any future earnings for funding growth and,
therefore, do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. See
"Dividend Policy."

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements
relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you
can identify forward-looking statements by terminology; for instance, may, will,
should, intend, expect, plan, anticipate, believe, estimate, predict, potential
or continue, the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These
statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially.
In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various
factors, including the risks outlined in "Risk Factors." These factors may cause
our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, we are under no duty to update
any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to
conform these statements to actual results, unless required by law.

15

18

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the 5,000,000
shares of our common stock will be $49.7 million, or $57.4 million if the
underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, at an assumed initial
public offering price of $11.00 per share, after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily
for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including research and
development expenditures, sales and marketing expenditures and general and
administrative expenditures. In addition, we expect to use a portion of the net
proceeds of this offering to repay $995,000 in notes payable incurred in
connection with our acquisition of Applied Integrated Systems and Software GmbH.
These notes payable plus interest at 7% per annum are payable on April 27, 2001.
We have not yet determined our expected use of these proceeds, but we currently
estimate that we will use at least $23.0 million to fund operating expenses
during the next 12 months to expand our investments in research and development,
sales and marketing and general and administrative operations. These operating
expenses will be partially offset by the degree to which we continue to garner
revenues from our ongoing activities.

The amounts and timing of these expenditures will vary significantly
depending upon a number of factors, including future revenue growth, if any,
competitive and technological developments and the amount of cash we generate
from operations. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering
to acquire additional businesses, products and technologies, to acquire
additional office space, or to establish joint ventures that we believe will
complement our current or future business. However, we have no specific plans,
agreements or commitments to do so and are not currently engaged in any
negotiations for any acquisition or joint venture. As a result, we will retain
broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending
the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this
offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment grade securities. We cannot
predict whether the proceeds will be invested to yield a favorable return. We
believe our available cash, together with the net proceeds of this offering,
will be sufficient to meet our capital needs for at least the next 12 months.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Since becoming a C corporation, we have never declared or paid cash
dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available
funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do
not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

16

19

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2000, on
the following three bases:

- on an actual basis;

- on a pro forma basis to give effect to receipt of the proceeds from our
sale of 526,315 shares of Series B preferred stock on August 4, 2000 and
to reflect the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into
9,276,315 shares of common stock automatically upon completion of this
offering; and

- on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of shares of common
stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
$11.00 per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, and the application of the
net proceeds.

This table excludes:

- an aggregate of 1,236,744 shares subject to outstanding options and
purchase rights as of June 30, 2000 at a weighted average exercise price
of $1.53 per share;

- 2,740,572 shares reserved under our 1997 stock plan as of June 30, 2000
and available for grant prior to completion of this offering; and

- 3,300,000 shares reserved under our 2000 stock plans and available for
grant following completion of this offering.

You should read this information together with our Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See
"Management -- Benefit Plans," "Related-Party Transactions" and Notes 7 and 12
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

JUNE 30, 2000
------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
ACTUAL     PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
--------    ---------    -----------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

Current portion of long-term obligations..................  $  1,009    $  1,009      $     14
========    ========      ========
Long-term obligations, less current portion...............  $     54    $     54      $     54
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value;
shares authorized: 8,750,000 actual and pro forma and
none pro forma as adjusted; issued and outstanding:
8,750,000 actual and none pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted................................................     3,497          --            --
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; shares authorized:
none actual and pro forma and 5,000,000 pro forma as
adjusted; issued and outstanding: none actual, pro
forma and pro forma
as adjusted..........................................
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; shares authorized:
50,000,000 actual and pro forma and 75,000,000 pro
forma as adjusted; shares issued and outstanding:
15,071,879 actual, 24,348,194 pro forma and
29,348,194 pro forma as adjusted.....................         2           2             3
Additional paid-in capital..............................    18,948      27,405        77,144
Deferred stock-based compensation.......................   (14,449)    (14,449)      (14,449)
Note receivable from shareholders.......................    (2,321)     (2,321)       (2,321)
Accumulated deficit.....................................    (2,602)     (2,602)       (2,602)
Cumulative other comprehensive income...................         3           3             3
--------    --------      --------
Total shareholders' equity (deficiency)..............      (419)      8,038        57,778
--------    --------      --------
Total capitalization.................................  $  3,132    $  8,092      $ 57,832
========    ========      ========

17

20

DILUTION

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2000 was approximately
$6,024,000 or $0.25 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value
per share of common stock represents the amount of pro forma total assets, after
giving effect to the net proceeds of our Series B preferred stock financing on
August 4, 2000, reduced by the amount of total liabilities and intangible
assets, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding
assuming conversion of our preferred stock, including shares of Series B
preferred stock issued on August 4, 2000. After giving effect to the adjustments
set forth above, and the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an
assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2000 would have
been $55,764,000 or $1.90 per share of common stock. This represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.65 per share to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.10 per share to new
investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share.............           $11.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this
offering...............................................  $0.25
Increase per share attributable to new public investors...   1.65
-----
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
offering..................................................             1.90
Dilution per share to new public investors..................           $ 9.10
======

The following table summarizes on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2000,
the differences between the existing stockholders and new investors with respect
to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid. The pro forma
basis gives effect to the issuance of 526,315 shares of Series B preferred stock
on August 4, 2000 and the automatic conversion of all preferred stock into
common stock upon completion of this offering.

SHARES PURCHASED       TOTAL CASH CONSIDERATION
---------------------    ------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT      PER SHARE
----------    -------    -------------    -------    -------------

Existing stockholders..............  24,348,194      83.0%     $11,054,827       16.7%       $ 0.45
New investors......................   5,000,000      17.0       55,000,000       83.3        $11.00
----------     -----      -----------      -----
Totals...........................  29,348,194     100.0%     $66,054,827      100.0%
==========     =====      ===========      =====

As of June 30, 2000, options and rights to purchase 1,236,744 shares were
outstanding with a weighted average price of $1.53 per share. As of June 30,
2000, 2,740,572 shares were reserved under our 1997 stock plan and available for
grant prior to completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we
will have 3,300,000 shares reserved under our 2000 stock plans and available for
grant upon completion of this offering. The issuance of common stock under these
plans will result in further dilution to new investors. See
"Management -- Benefit Plans," "Related-Party Transactions" and Notes 7 and 12
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

18

21

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data is qualified by
reference to and should be read in conjunction with, Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto and the other information contained in
this prospectus.

The selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 1998 and
1999 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for each year
in the three years ended December 31, 1999, have been derived from our audited
Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The
balance sheets data as of June 30, 2000 and for the six months ended June 30,
2000 have been derived from our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheets
data as of December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, and the selected consolidated
statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996
have been derived from our unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements not
included in this prospectus. The unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
have been prepared by us on a basis consistent with the audited Consolidated
Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion
of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of this data. Historical
results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------   ----------------
1995     1996     1997     1998     1999      1999     2000
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
Design-to-silicon yield solutions................  $  510   $  916   $2,621   $6,227   $10,567   $5,334   $ 5,968
Gain share.......................................      --       --       --       --     1,257       --     2,308
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
Total revenue.................................     510      916    2,621    6,227    11,824    5,334     8,276
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of design-to-silicon yield solutions........     104      163      596    1,533     4,091    1,822     2,905
Research and development.........................     101      624    1,005    1,864     3,087    1,244     2,242
Selling, general and administrative..............     133      454    1,404    2,959     4,295    2,202     3,025
Stock-based compensation amortization*...........      --       --       14       61        68       --     1,693
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
Total costs and expenses......................     338    1,241    3,019    6,417    11,541    5,268     9,865
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
Income (loss) from operations....................     172     (325)    (398)    (190)      283       66    (1,589)
Interest income and other........................      10      175      139      128       105       52        41
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
Income (loss) before taxes.......................     182     (150)    (259)     (62)      388      118    (1,548)
Tax provision(1).................................      --       --        9      342       533      301       273
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
Net income (loss)................................  $  182   $ (150)  $ (268)  $ (404)  $  (145)  $ (183)  $(1,821)
======   ======   ======   ======   =======   ======   =======
Net income (loss) per share -- basic and
diluted(2)....................................  $ 0.04   $(0.03)  $(0.04)  $(0.05)  $ (0.02)  $(0.02)  $ (0.17)
======   ======   ======   ======   =======   ======   =======
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net
income (loss) per share(2)....................   5,113    5,059    6,152    7,416     9,128    8,576    10,474
======   ======   ======   ======   =======   ======   =======
Pro forma net loss per share -- basic and
diluted.......................................                                      $ (0.01)           $ (0.09)
=======            =======
Shares used in computing pro forma basic and
diluted net loss per share....................                                       17,878             19,224
=======            =======
--------------------
*STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AMORTIZATION:
Cost of design-to-silicon yield solutions.....      --       --        4       18        20       --       295
Research and development......................      --       --       10       43        48       --     1,190
Selling, general and administrative...........      --       --       --       --        --       --       208
------   ------   ------   ------   -------   ------   -------
--       --       14       61        68       --     1,693
======   ======   ======   ======   =======   ======   =======

(1) Through November 1995, we were a Subchapter S corporation and all tax
liabilities were attributable to the common shareholders.

(2) Amounts presented for 1995 represent diluted net income per share and shares
used for computing diluted net income per share. Shares used to compute
basic net income per share, which equaled $0.04 per share, totaled
4,466,000.

19

22

DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------   JUNE 30,
1995     1996     1997     1998     1999      2000
------   ------   ------   ------   ------   --------
(IN THOUSANDS)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents......................  $3,555   $3,357   $2,208   $2,155   $1,933    $1,443
Working capital................................   3,687    3,277    2,854    2,501    2,153       434
Total assets...................................   3,727    3,797    5,351    4,837    5,644     9,093
Long term obligations, less current portion....      --       --       --       --       72        54
Convertible preferred stock....................   3,497    3,497    3,497    3,497    3,497     3,497
Total shareholders' equity (deficiency)........     252      100     (155)    (480)    (512)     (419)

20

23

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

Our comprehensive technologies and services enable semiconductor companies
to improve yield and performance of integrated circuits by providing
infrastructure to integrate the design and manufacturing processes. Our
design-to-silicon yield solutions combine proprietary manufacturing process
simulation, yield and performance modeling software, comprehensive test chips,
proven yield and performance enhancement methodologies, and professional
services.

From our incorporation in 1992 through late 1995, we were primarily focused
on research and development of our proprietary manufacturing process simulation
and yield and performance modeling software. From late 1995 through late 1998,
we continued to refine and sell our software, while expanding our offering to
include yield and performance improvement consulting services. In late 1998, we
began to sell our software and consulting services, together with our newly
developed proprietary technologies, as complete design-to-silicon yield
solutions, reflecting our current business model. In April 2000, we expanded our
research and development team and gained additional technology by acquiring
Applied Integrated Systems and Software GmbH, which develops software and
provides development services to the semiconductor industry.

Sources of Revenue

We derive revenue from two sources: design-to-silicon yield solutions and
an innovative arrangement we call gain share.

Design-to-Silicon Yield Solutions. Design-to-silicon yield solutions
revenue is derived from solution implementations, software and technology
licenses and software support and maintenance.

Our integration engineers implement our solutions by delivering, installing
and applying our software and other technologies to provide:

- assessment, which involves extensive diagnosis, analysis and
prioritization of yield loss components; and

- implementation, which involves modifications to the design or
manufacturing process to improve IC yield and optimize performance.

Solution implementations typically take 9 to 15 months to perform and our
customer contracts generally provide for fixed price milestone payments during
the course of the engagement. Revenue from solution implementations is
recognized on the percentage of completion method as we perform the services.
The majority of the software and other technologies that we license are bundled
with solution implementations. Accordingly, these license fees are recognized as
a component of solution implementation contracts. In some cases, we license
selected software and technologies without solution implementation services to
our existing customers. In addition, we may license our software and
technologies without services to potential strategic industry partners to
accelerate the adoption of our design-to-silicon yield solutions. If collection
of the resulting receivable is probable, the fee is fixed or determinable, and
vendor-specific objective evidence exists to allocate a portion of the total
license fee to any undelivered elements of the arrangement, then these license
fees are recognized upon delivery of our software or authorization codes.
Otherwise, these license fees are recognized over the term of the license.
Software support and maintenance fees are generally allocated based on vendor
specific objective evidence and recognized ratably over the term of the
maintenance agreement, typically 12 months.

Gain Share. In addition to the revenue we derive from our design-to-silicon
yield solutions, many of our solution implementation contracts provide that we
will receive revenue that varies based on the value we create for our customers.
To date, we have determined this value based on our customer's actual yield
improvements relative to a negotiated yield target, or baseline, for specific
products or processes. This

21

24

target is typically based on the customer's projected yield without our
solutions. We refer to these value-based fees as gain share. We have
historically determined gain share fees:

- as a percentage of the reduction in our customers' cost of goods sold or
a percentage of incremental revenue achieved by our customers, in each
case, relative to the baseline; or

- as a specified fee based on production milestones achieved by our
customers.

Our customer contracts typically contain limitations on the scope of our gain
share fees. Gain share may vary significantly because a customer's financial
benefits of yield improvements can be affected by forces that are beyond our
control, such as market demand for an end product, as well as a company's
internal manufacturing performance and pricing decisions. Typically, gain share
is measured on a quarterly basis, after mass production begins, and runs for
periods of time exceeding one year. We recognize gain share revenue following
agreement with our customers as to the level of performance achieved.

Stock-Based Awards

During the six months ended June 30, 2000, we issued 3,258,290 common stock
options to employees at a weighted average exercise price of $1.21 per share.
The weighted average exercise price was below the weighted average deemed fair
value of $6.03 per share. The cumulative deferred stock-based compensation with
respect to these grants was $15.7 million, and is being amortized to expense on
an accelerated method over the four year vesting periods of the options. During
the six months ended June 30, 2000, we amortized $1.3 million to stock-based
compensation expense and the remaining balance of $14.4 million will be
amortized over the remaining vesting periods through June 2004. Subsequent to
June 30, 2000 and through September 8, 2000, we granted an additional 563,000
options to employees at exercise prices below the deemed fair value. The
aggregate deferred stock-based compensation of $2.8 million with respect to
these options will be amortized on an accelerated method over periods of four
years. Due to the accelerated method of amortization, most of the deferred
stock-based compensation charge will be incurred over the first one to two years
of the vesting of the options. Through December 31, 1999 the cumulative deferred
stock-based compensation amortization related to non-employee awards was not
material. During the six months ended June 30, 2000, we recorded stock-based
compensation amortization of approximately $407,000 related to non-employee
awards. Subsequent to June 30, 2000 and through September 8, 2000, we granted an
additional 20,000 common stock options to non-employees which were valued at
approximately $169,000.

Customer Concentration

To date, a small number of integrated device manufacturers, or IDMs, have
accounted for virtually all of our total revenue. In the year ended December 31,
1997, two customers accounted for 90% of our total revenue, with Toshiba
representing 70% and Texas Instruments representing 20%. In the year ended
December 31, 1998, two customers accounted for 82% of our total revenue, with
Toshiba representing 66% and Fujitsu representing 16%. In the year ended
December 31, 1999, three customers accounted for 87% of our total revenue, with
Toshiba representing 53%, Fujitsu representing 19% and Sony representing 15%. In
the six months ended June 30, 2000, four customers accounted for 94% of our
total revenue, with Toshiba representing 34%, Sony representing 34%, Conexant
representing 15% and Philips representing 11%.

To date, companies based in Japan have accounted for the majority of our
total revenue. Revenue generated from customers in Japan accounted for 70% of
our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 1997, 82% in the year ended
December 31, 1998, 90% in the year ended December 31, 1999, and 68% in the six
months ended June 30, 2000. We expect that a significant portion of our total
future revenue will continue to be derived from companies based in Japan.
Virtually all of our total revenue generated internationally has been
denominated in U.S. dollars.

22

25

Recent Acquisition

On April 27, 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Applied
Integrated Systems and Software GmbH, or AISS, for $1.25 million, consisting of
$995,000 in notes payable and $255,000 in cash. We expect to repay these notes
with the net proceeds of this offering. AISS develops software and provides
development services to the semiconductor industry. The acquisition was
accounted for using the purchase method and our Consolidated Financial
Statements reflect the results of operations of AISS from the date of
acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the
tangible assets and liabilities assumed, based on preliminary estimates as of
June 30, 2000, was $2.1 million and represents acquired technology, employee
workforce and goodwill which is being amortized on a straight line basis over a
period of four years.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We have historically experienced fluctuations from period to period. We
expect these fluctuations to continue, therefore historical results are not
indicative of future results.

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000

Revenue

Total revenue increased from $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30,
1999 to $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2000.

Design-to-Silicon Yield Solutions. Design-to-silicon yield solutions
revenue increased 12% from $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1999
to $6.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2000. This increase was
primarily attributable to a greater number of solution implementations during
the six months ended June 30, 2000 compared to the corresponding period in the
prior year.

Gain Share. Gain share revenue increased from zero for the six months ended
June 30, 1999 to $2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2000. This
increase was due to the attainment of gain share yield targets for three
customers.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of Design-to-Silicon Yield Solutions. Cost of design-to-silicon yield
solutions consists primarily of compensation, benefits and related personnel
costs of the engineers who perform solution implementations and software support
and maintenance as well as allocated facilities costs. Cost of design-to-silicon
yield solutions increased from $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30,
1999 to $2.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2000. This increase was
due to a greater number and increased average size of solution implementations,
as well as the execution of our business strategy to aggressively increase
capacity ahead of revenue, resulting in the hiring of additional personnel. As a
percentage of design-to-silicon yield solutions revenue, cost of
design-to-silicon yield solutions increased from 34% for the six months ended
June 30, 1999 to 49% for the six months ended June 30, 2000. This percentage
increase was primarily the result of increasing capacity in anticipation of
expanding our customer base and being awarded new design-to-silicon solutions
contracts. We anticipate that our cost of design-to-silicon yield solutions will
increase in absolute dollars as we support an expanding number of solution
implementations. We expect, however, that cost of design-to-silicon yield
solutions revenue will decrease as a percentage of design-to-silicon yield
solution revenue in the long term as capacity to deliver solution
implementations is more efficiently balanced with the number of ongoing solution
implementation contracts.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist
primarily of compensation, benefits and related personnel costs of the engineers
engaged in research and development as well as allocated facilities costs.
Research and development expenses increased from $1.2 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1999 to $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2000. This
increase was due to our expanding research and development efforts in software
and technologies. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development
expenses increased from 23% for the six months ended June 30,

23

26

1999 to 27% for the six months ended June 30, 2000. A significant portion of
this increase was due to the addition of personnel and the increase in
personnel-related costs for development of existing and new technologies,
including as a result of our acquisition of AISS. We anticipate that we will
continue to commit considerable resources to research and development in the
future and that these expenses will continue to increase significantly in
absolute dollars.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative
expenses consist primarily of compensation, benefits and related personnel costs
as well as allocated facilities costs, outside sales representative commissions,
recruiting and relocation costs, accounting and administrative expenses,
training, costs for legal and professional services and general corporate
expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased from $2.2
million for the six months ended June 30, 1999 to $3.0 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2000. This increase was due to increased spending in
personnel and related costs and legal and other professional services in
connection with building the necessary administrative infrastructure to support
the growth of our operations. As a percentage of total revenue, selling, general
and administrative expenses decreased from 41% for the six months ended June 30,
1999 to 37% for the six months ended June 30, 2000. We expect that selling,
general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars to support
increased selling and administrative efforts.

Stock-Based Compensation Amortization. Stock-based compensation
amortization expense increased from zero during the six months ended June 30,
1999 to $1.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2000. The increase was
attributable primarily to options granted to employees at exercise prices below
the deemed fair value of our common stock.

Interest and Other Income

Interest and other income decreased from approximately $51,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1999 to approximately $41,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 2000. This decrease was due to lower average cash and short-term
investment balances.

Provision for Taxes

Provision for taxes decreased from approximately $301,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1999 to approximately $273,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 2000. These provisions for taxes primarily represented foreign
withholding taxes on some revenue from Japanese customers.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999

Revenue

Total revenue increased from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31,
1997, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, to $11.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 1999.

Design-to-Silicon Yield Solutions. Design-to-silicon yield solutions
revenue increased 131% from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to
$6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, and further increased 75% to
$10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. These increases were
primarily the result of a greater number and size of solution implementations.

Gain Share. Gain share revenue increased from zero for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998, to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31,
1999. This increase was due to the introduction of our gain share business model
in late 1998 and the achievement of yield improvements over negotiated contract
baselines.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of Design-to-Silicon Yield Solutions. Cost of design-to-silicon yield
solutions increased from approximately $595,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, to $4.1 million for
the year ended December 31, 1999. As a percentage of design-to-

24

27

silicon yield solutions revenue, cost of design-to-silicon yield solutions
increased from 23% for the year ended December 31, 1997, to 25% for the year
ended December 31, 1998, to 39% for the year ended December 31, 1999. These
increases in absolute dollars and as a percentage of design-to-silicon yield
solutions revenue were due to the hiring of additional engineers as we built our
solution implementation teams in anticipation of increased demand for our
solutions.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased from
$1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, to $1.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998, to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1999.
These increases were due to an increase in personnel and related costs in each
period. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses
decreased from 38% for the year ended December 31, 1997, to 30% for the year
ended December 31, 1998, to 26% for the year ended December 31, 1999.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative
expenses increased from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, to
$3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1998, to $4.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1999. These increases were due to additional personnel and
related costs, outside sales representative commissions, recruiting and
relocation costs, accounting and administrative expenses, training and costs for
legal and professional services. As a percentage of total revenue, selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased from 54% for the year ended
December 31, 1997, to 48% for the year ended December 31, 1998, to 36% for the
year ended December 31, 1999.

Stock-Based Compensation Amortization. Stock-based compensation
amortization expense increased from approximately $14,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997, to approximately $61,000 for the year ended December 31,
1998, to approximately $68,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. These
increases were primarily attributable to timing of the vesting of options and
warrants granted to non-employees and the resulting revaluation of compensation
expense related to such vested options and warrants.

Interest and Other Income

Interest and other income decreased from approximately $139,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997, to approximately $128,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1998, to approximately $105,000 for the year ended December 31,
1999. These decreases were due to lower average balances of cash and cash
equivalents.

Tax Provision

The tax provision increased from approximately $9,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997, to approximately $341,000 for the year ended December 31,
1998, to approximately $533,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. These
provisions primarily represented foreign withholding taxes on some revenue from
Japanese customers. These increases were attributable to the increased number of
contracts and the revenue subject to these withholding requirements.

SIX QUARTERS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000

The following tables set forth our consolidated statement of operations
data for each quarter in the six quarters ended June 30, 2000. This unaudited
quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited
Consolidated Financial Statements and, in the opinion of management, includes
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for
the fair presentation of such data. We believe that quarterly revenues,
particularly the mix of the revenue components, and operating

25

28

results are likely to vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period
comparisons of our results of operations should not be relied upon as
indications of future performance.

QUARTER ENDED
------------------------------------------------------------
MAR 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPT 30,   DEC 31,   MAR 31,   JUNE 30,
1999       1999       1999      1999      2000       2000
-------   --------   --------   -------   -------   --------
(IN THOUSANDS)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
DATA:
Revenue:
Design-to-silicon yield solutions....   $2,451     $2,883     $2,575    $2,658    $2,194    $ 3,774
Gain share...........................       --         --        500       757     1,500        808
------     ------     ------    ------    ------    -------
Total revenue.....................    2,451      2,883      3,075     3,415     3,694      4,582
------     ------     ------    ------    ------    -------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of design-to-silicon yield
solutions.........................      722      1,100      1,133     1,136     1,252      1,653
Research and development.............      650        594        816     1,027       946      1,296
Selling, general and
administrative....................    1,142      1,060      1,084     1,009     1,446      1,579
Stock-based compensation
amortization......................      (13)        13         27        41       458      1,235
------     ------     ------    ------    ------    -------
Total costs and expenses..........    2,501      2,767      3,060     3,213     4,102      5,763
------     ------     ------    ------    ------    -------
Income (loss) from operations........      (50)       116         15       202      (408)    (1,181)
Interest income and other............       27         25         26        27        17         24
------     ------     ------    ------    ------    -------
Income (loss) before taxes...........      (23)       141         41       229      (391)    (1,157)
Tax provision........................      201        100        102       130       107        166
------     ------     ------    ------    ------    -------
Net income (loss)....................   $ (224)    $   41     $  (61)   $   99    $ (498)   $(1,323)
======     ======     ======    ======    ======    =======

The trends discussed in the annual comparisons of operating results from
1997 through 1999 as well as for the six month periods ended June 30, 1998 and
1999, generally apply to the comparisons of results for our six most recent
quarters ended June 30, 2000.

A significant portion of our revenue has been, and will continue to be,
derived from a small number of substantial contracts with large corporations,
which involve extended contract negotiations. We attempt to maximize utilization
of our implementation teams by minimizing the time between completion of one
solution implementation and commencement of the next. Accordingly, the timing
and performance of these contracts may cause material fluctuations in our
operating results, particularly on a quarterly basis, although in the past this
has been offset by gain share revenue resulting from previous engagements. For
example, design-to-silicon yield solutions revenue decreased from the second
quarter of 1999 to the third quarter of 1999 and from the fourth quarter of 1999
to the first quarter of 2000 as a result of a delay between completion of
existing solution implementations and commencement of the next.

Some of our gain share arrangements provide for non-recurring incentive
payments upon the achievement of negotiated yield targets within a specified
time. Gain share revenue may increase significantly in the quarter in which
these targets are met. For example, in the first quarter of 2000, we recognized
revenue in connection with the achievement of one of these targets. In addition,
our quarterly operating results, particularly as they pertain to gain share,
have in the past and will in the future vary significantly depending upon
factors such as our customers production cycles, our customers ability to
measure, on a timely basis, the performance of their production facilities,
changes in market demand for our customers' products, and our ability to deliver
results above negotiated gain share baselines. These factors, among others, have
made and will continue to make gain share revenues difficult to forecast.

Historically, research and development expenses have fluctuated depending
on the rate of hiring engineers and on whether we use engineering resources for
development projects or solution implementations. For example, in the fourth
quarter of 1999, our research and development expenses increased due to these
factors.

26

29

Selling, general and administrative expense levels have remained in a
narrow range over most of the past six quarters. Recently, expenses have
increased in the finance and administration functions as we have built the
infrastructure necessary to support the growth of the business.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Since inception, we have funded our operations primarily with the net
proceeds from the sale of common and preferred stock, which amounted to $8.7
million and, to a lesser extent, from cash flow from operations, bank borrowings
and capital equipment leases.

On December 4, 1995, we issued 8,750,000 shares of Series A preferred stock
at $0.40 per share resulting in net proceeds of $3.5 million. On August 4, 2000,
we issued 526,315 shares of Series B preferred stock at $9.50 per share
resulting in net proceeds of $5.0 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $828,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997. Net cash provided by operating activities was
approximately $212,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998 and approximately
$272,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. Net cash used in 1997 was
principally the result of a net loss and an increase in accounts receivable
partially offset by increases in deferred revenues, accounts payable, and
accrued compensation and related benefits. Net cash provided by operating
activities in 1998 was the result of decreases in accounts receivable and
increases in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities partially offset by
a loss and a decrease in deferred revenues. Net cash provided by operating
activities in 1999 resulted from increases in accrued compensation and related
benefits and net income, after adjustment for depreciation and amortization,
partially offset by increases in accounts receivable. Net cash provided by
operating activities was approximately $100,000 for the six months ended June
30, 2000. This resulted primarily from net income for the period of
approximately $163,000, as adjusted for depreciation and amortization, including
amortization of deferred stock compensation costs of $1.7 million, and increases
in accounts payable of approximately $824,000 and deferred revenues of
approximately $455,000, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable of
$1.0 million and accrued compensation and related benefits of approximately
$155,000.

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $321,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997, approximately $281,000 for the year ended December
31, 1998 and was approximately $537,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999,
all primarily the result of purchases of property and equipment. Our capital
expenditures consisted primarily of computer hardware and software and office
furniture. Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $791,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 2000, primarily due to the purchase of property
and equipment of approximately $566,000 and the acquisition of AISS for $995,000
in promissory notes and $255,000 in cash.

Net cash provided by financing activities was zero for the year ended
December 31, 1997, approximately $16,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998
and approximately $42,000 for the year ended December 31, 1999. Net cash
provided by financing activities was approximately $198,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 2000, primarily due to the exercise of stock options.

In connection with our acquisition of AISS, we issued $995,000 in
promissory notes on April 27, 2000. The principal amount, plus interest at 7%
per annum, is payable April 27, 2001.

We currently anticipate capital expenditures for additional fixed assets of
$1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. As of June 30, 2000 we did
not have any material commitments for capital expenditures. From time to time,
we may also consider acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or
businesses. Any acquisition or investment of this type may require additional
capital.

We expect to experience significant growth in our operating expenses,
particularly for research and development and additions to our workforce in
order to execute our business plan. As a result, we anticipate that our
operating expenses, as well as planned capital expenditures, will constitute a
material use of our cash resources. In addition, we may utilize cash resources
to fund potential acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or
businesses. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering together with
our existing cash resources, available bank financing and anticipated funds from
operations,

27

30

will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. In the
event additional financing is required, we may not be able to raise it on
acceptable terms or at all.

EURO-CURRENCY

The Single European Currency, or Euro, was introduced on January 1, 1999,
with complete transition to this new currency required by January 2002. In
connection with our acquisition of AISS, we are currently assessing the issues
raised by the introduction of the Euro, but we do not expect that required
changes, if any, will have a material effect on our business.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement
will require us to record derivatives on our balance sheet as assets or
liabilities measured at fair value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in
the values of those derivatives would be accounted for depending on the use of
the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting. SFAS 133 will be
effective for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2001. We have not yet
determined the impact that the adoption of SFAS 133 will have on our earnings or
financial position.

MARKET RISK

The following discusses our exposure to market risk related to changes in
interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not currently own any
equity investments, nor do we expect to own any in the foreseeable future. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and
uncertainties. Actual results could vary materially as a result of a number of
factors.

Interest Rate Risk. As of June 30, 2000 and including the net proceeds of
$5.0 million from the issuance of Series B preferred stock on August 4, 2000, we
had cash and equivalents of $6.4 million, consisting of cash and highly liquid
money market instruments with maturities of less than 90 days. Because of the
short maturities of these instruments, a sudden change in market interest rates
would not have a material impact on the fair value of the portfolio. We would
not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant
degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest on our portfolio. As
of June 30, 2000, we had outstanding notes payable of $995,000 which bear
interest at a fixed rate of 7%. The fair value of these notes approximated the
recorded value at June 30, 2000. Changes in market interest rates will affect
the fair market value of these notes. A hypothetical increase in market interest
rates of 10% from the market rates in effect at June 30, 2000 would cause the
fair value of these investments and notes payable to decrease and increase,
respectively, by an immaterial amount and would not have significantly impacted
our financial position or results of operations. Declines in interest rates over
time will result in lower interest income and increased interest expense.

Foreign Currency and Exchange Risk. Virtually all of our revenue is
denominated in U.S. dollars, although such revenue is derived substantially from
foreign customers. Foreign sales to date, generated by AISS since the date of
its acquisition, have been invoiced in local currencies, creating receivables
denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The risk due to foreign
currency fluctuations associated with these receivables is partially reduced by
local payables denominated in the same currencies, and presently we do not
consider it necessary to hedge these exposures. We intend to monitor our foreign
currency exposure, and may use financial instruments to limit this exposure.
There can be no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not have a
materially negative impact on our business.

28

31

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Our comprehensive technologies and services enable semiconductor companies
to improve yield and performance of integrated circuits by providing
infrastructure to integrate the design and manufacturing processes. We believe
that our solutions significantly improve a semiconductor company's time to
market, the rate at which yield improves and product profitability. Our
design-to-silicon yield solutions combine proprietary manufacturing process
simulation, yield and performance modeling software, comprehensive test chips,
proven yield and performance enhancement methodologies, and professional
services. The result of implementing our solutions is the creation of value that
can be measured based on improvements to our customers' actual yield. We receive
recurring revenue based on this value by aligning our financial interests with
the demonstrated yield and performance improvement realized by our customers. To
date, we have sold our technologies and services to, and we have established
ongoing relationships with, key integrated device manufacturers such as Toshiba
Corporation, Sony Corporation, Conexant Systems, Inc., Philips Semiconductor and
Texas Instruments Incorporated.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

Integrated circuits, or ICs, are critical components used in an
increasingly wide variety of applications, such as computer systems; Internet
and communications infrastructure equipment, including wireless and network
devices; and consumer products including cellular phones, pagers, personal
digital assistants, game consoles and network appliances. As IC performance has
increased and size and cost have decreased, the use of ICs in these applications
has grown significantly. According to a June 2000 report by the Semiconductor
Industry Association, the worldwide semiconductor market is expected to grow
from $149 billion in 1999 to $312 billion in 2003. A large part of this growth
is expected to occur in deep submicron ICs having circuit component feature
sizes, or geometries, that measure less than 0.20 microns, or millionths of a
meter. ICs are manufactured onto silicon disks, commonly referred to as wafers.
According to an August 2000 report by VLSI Research, the demand for these deep
submicron silicon wafers is estimated to grow at a compound annual rate in
excess of 55% from 1999 to 2005. Rapid technological innovation has shortened
product life cycles, which fuels the economic growth of the semiconductor
industry.

Customers for electronic products continue to demand new applications with
more power, reduced cost and smaller size. As a result, IC companies are
adopting new designs, process technologies and materials at an unparalleled
rate. For example, silicon germanium processes will be integrated with standard
logic processes to provide better performance for radio-frequency components in
communication ICs.

In addition, the IC industry faces compression in product lifecycles.
Previously, companies could afford to take months, or years in some cases, to
integrate their new design and manufacturing processes. With traditional product
life cycles, IC companies ramped production slowly, produced at high volume once
the product hit its prime, and slowly reduced production volume when the price
and the demand started to decrease near the end of its life cycle. More
recently, demand -- largely driven by consumers in search of the next, more
powerful, smaller device -- has dramatically reduced the time that semiconductor
companies have to successfully bring a product to market in high volumes.
Companies now need to sell the most volume when a product is first introduced
and has a performance and pricing advantage over its competition, or they will
lose the market opportunity and the related high revenue.

Increased IC complexity and compressed product lifecycles create
significant challenges to achieving competitive yields and optimizing
performance. Yield is the percentage of ICs produced that meet customers'
specifications. For example, it is not uncommon for an initial manufacturing run
to yield only 20%, meaning 80% of those wafers were wasted. Yield improvement
and performance optimization are critical drivers of IC companies' financial
results because they typically lead to cost reduction and revenue generation
concurrently, causing a leveraged effect on profitability. Historically, yield
loss resulted primarily

29

32

from contamination in the IC manufacturing process. The dominant factor of yield
loss with deep submicron ICs has shifted from contamination to:

- systematic yield loss, or non-functioning ICs resulting from the lack of
compatibility between the design and manufacturing processes; and

- performance yield loss, or functioning ICs that do not meet customer
speed requirements.

Manufacturers have historically addressed systematic and performance yield
loss reactively and almost exclusively by inefficient and time consuming
trial-and-error adjustments to the manufacturing process.

Disaggregation of the semiconductor industry has further complicated IC
companies' ability to maximize yield. Historically, leading semiconductor
companies designed, manufactured and tested their ICs internally, thus retaining
design-manufacturing integration know-how. Today, the industry is comprised of
organizations as well as separate companies that specialize in a particular
phase of designing and manufacturing ICs. This has resulted in a fragmentation
of the knowledge related to the integration of IC design and manufacturing.

The combination of increasingly complex ICs and design and manufacturing
processes, reduced time to produce new products in high volumes and the loss of
information due to disaggregation has left a gap between the design of an IC and
its manufacture. We call this gap the design-to-silicon yield gap. This gap
creates a number of significant problems for semiconductor companies, including:

- Slow Yield Ramp. Increased process and design complexity extends the time
needed to arrive at acceptable yields and increases the time it takes for
a semiconductor company to begin producing at high volumes, directly and
negatively impacting a company's potential market share and potential
revenue.

- Longer Time to Market and Increased Up-front Costs. Yield problems in the
initial manufacturing phase result in numerous design and process
iterations that delay product introductions and appreciably increase
up-front costs, such as non-recurring engineering, mask-set redesigns and
excessive sample wafers.

- High Cost of Goods Sold. Processed wafer costs are typically the largest
component of an IC company's cost of goods sold and, therefore, yield
loss significantly increases costs.

- Difficulties Producing High-Performance ICs. High-performance ICs are
particularly sensitive to the lack of compatibility between design and
manufacturing. In addition, semiconductor companies typically experience
a trade-off between yield and IC performance because it is generally more
difficult to produce ICs with more stringent specifications.
Semiconductor companies may target high-performance ICs because they
typically have higher margins.

Delivering complex ICs quickly and in high volumes requires unique silicon
infrastructure solutions to tightly integrate the IC design and manufacturing
processes -- thus bridging this design-to-silicon yield gap.

THE PDF SOLUTION

We provide comprehensive silicon infrastructure technologies and services
to address and bridge the design-to-silicon yield gap. Our solution combines
proprietary manufacturing process simulation software, yield and performance
modeling software, comprehensive test chips, proven yield and performance
enhancement methodologies and professional services to increase yield,
accelerate yield ramp and improve IC performance. We create a prioritized
analysis of yield loss mechanisms to identify, quantify and correct the issues
that cause yield loss, often before an IC design is complete. This drives IC
design and manufacturing improvements that enable our customers to achieve and
exceed targeted IC yield and performance earlier in product life cycles. Our
solution is designed to increase the initial yield when a design first enters a
manufacturing line, increase the rate at which that yield improves, and allow
subsequent product designs to be added to manufacturing lines more quickly and
easily. Because our

30

33

design-to-silicon yield solutions dramatically and quickly improve a
semiconductor company's time to market and yield ramp -- and ultimately product
profitability -- we tie our revenue to these improvements through a unique
approach that we call gain share. Gain share is the percentage we receive of our
customers' incremental cost savings or incremental revenue associated with
improved yields and accelerated ramp or may be a specified fee based on
production milestones achieved by our customers.

The following graphically depicts the integration of IC design with
manufacturing processes using our design-to-silicon yield solutions.

[Diagram]

[The diagram depicts the connection between IC design and manufacturing.]

The key benefits of our solution to our customers are:

Faster Time to Market. Our design-to-silicon yield solutions are designed
to significantly accelerate our customers' time to market and increase product
profitability. Our solutions, which predict and improve product yield even
before IC product design is complete, change the traditional design-to-silicon
sequence to primarily a concurrent process, and decrease our customers' time to
market. Systematically incorporating knowledge of the integration of the design
and manufacturing processes into software modules, enables faster introduction
of additional products with consistently high initial yields. Our design-
to-silicon yield solutions decrease design and process iterations, reduce our
customers' up-front costs and speed time to market, thus providing our customers
with early-mover advantages such as increased market share and higher selling
prices.

Faster Time to Volume. After achieving higher initial yields and faster
time to market, our design-to-silicon yield solutions are designed to enable our
customers to isolate and eliminate remaining systematic yield issues to achieve
cost efficient manufacturing volume. Once a manufacturing process has been
modeled using our solutions, our customers are able to diagnose problems and
simulate potential corrections more quickly than using traditional methods. In
addition, if process changes are required, improvements can be verified more
quickly using our technology than using traditional methods. Our
design-to-silicon yield solutions enable our customers to quickly reach cost
efficient volume, so that they are able to increase revenue, improve their
competitive position, and capture higher market share.

Increased Manufacturing Efficiencies. After using our design-to-silicon
yield solutions for product introduction and yield ramp, our solutions are
designed to allow our customers to achieve a higher final yield and therefore a
lower cost of goods sold. In addition, our design-to-silicon yield solutions are
designed to provide our customers with the ability to proactively monitor
process health to avoid potential yield problems. By paying us gain share as our
customers recognize cost savings from these manufacturing efficiencies, they
also benefit from better matching their costs to their revenue.

Increased Semiconductor Performance. Our design-to-silicon yield solutions
are designed to enable our customers to achieve over-all higher level
semiconductor performance by modeling the factors that affect speed and
simulating possible improvements. Typically, the changes necessary to achieve
higher performance result in an overall reduction in yield. Because our
design-to-silicon yield solutions also model the factors that affect yield at
the same time, our customers can often achieve both higher IC performance and
higher yield, thereby generating higher margin revenues.

OUR STRATEGY

Our objective is to provide the industry standard in design-to-silicon
yield solutions. Key elements of our strategy include:

Leverage Our Innovative Gain Share Business Model. We intend to expand the
gain share component of our customer contracts. We believe this innovative
approach helps us to form highly collaborative and longer-term relationships.
Working closely with our customers on their core technologies with a common
focus on their business results provides direct and real-time feedback, which we
will continue to use to

31

34

rapidly generate market-driven improvements that add value to our solutions. We
also believe that gain share allows us to increase penetration of our customer
accounts because adding new semiconductor products to existing lines is
increasingly easy and economical for our customers once our design-to-silicon
yield solutions are implemented. As our gain share customers succeed in
improving their yield and performance while reducing costs, we believe that we
will generate new customer accounts based on these successes.

Focus on Key IC Product Segments. We intend to focus our solution on key IC
product segments such as system-on-a-chip, communications networking, graphics
and high-performance central processing units. These are high-volume,
high-growth segments and are fueled by the growth of Internet and wireless
infrastructure and consumer applications. As a result, we will expand our
solution for key technology drivers such as low-k dielectrics, copper, embedded
DRAM and silicon germanium, which are all new and relatively complex
manufacturing process technologies. We believe that these product segments are
particularly attractive because they include complex IC design and manufacturing
processes where processed silicon is costly and yield is critical.

Expand Strategic Relationships with Industry Leaders. We intend to extend
and enhance our relationships with leading companies at key stages of the
design-to-silicon process, such as manufacturing equipment vendors, silicon
intellectual property vendors, semiconductor foundries, and test and assembly
equipment providers. We believe that strategic relationships with industry
leaders will increase our insight into future industry needs, thus allowing us
to further accelerate our learning and enhance the value of our solutions. We
expect these relationships to also serve as sales channels for our
design-to-silicon yield solutions and to increase industry awareness of our
solutions.

Extend Our Technology Leadership Position. We intend to continue expanding
our research and development efforts by leveraging our experienced engineering
staff and codifying the knowledge that we continually acquire in our solution
implementations. In addition, we intend to selectively acquire complementary
businesses and technologies to increase the scope of our solutions. We will
continue to make significant investments in the development of proprietary
manufacturing process simulation software, yield and performance modeling
software, other technologies, and yield and performance enhancement
methodologies to accommodate our customers' increasingly complex semiconductor
needs.

Expand Worldwide Presence. We intend to establish engineering design and
product development centers in key international locations around the world. To
date, we have focused on regions specific to our design efforts -- the United
States, Japan and Europe. We intend to expand geographically to gain access to
international engineering talent and to maintain proximity to our expanding
customer base. In addition, we believe that these efforts will have collateral
sales and marketing benefits as a result of local presence.

TECHNOLOGY

Our design-to-silicon yield solutions combine proprietary manufacturing
process simulation, yield and performance modeling software, comprehensive test
chips and proven yield and performance enhancement methodologies. To calculate
the likely yield of an IC design, we have designed a proprietary process that
uses each of these technologies to:

- identify yield-relevant layout pattern elements by using the knowledge
base embedded in our technologies;

- categorize IC layout components into these elements;

- quantify the yield of each of the elements; and

- model the frequency of yield-relevant elements and their yield-loss
probabilities.

We continually enhance our technologies through the codification of
knowledge that we gain in our solution implementations.

32

35

Our software incorporates the following elements:

- efficient modeling algorithms of the interaction between design layout
and manufacturing processes, which creates layout pattern-dependent
systematic yield models that encompass process technologies such as
lithography, etch, interlayer dielectric chemical-mechanical polishing
(ILD CMP), copper CMP and shallow trench isolation CMP (STI CMP);

- pattern recognition algorithms, which allow us to categorize the
yield-relevant elements of a design as a function of their layout,
including the effects of their proximity to other elements;

- a hierarchical representation of the layout, which encompasses layout
manufacturing process proximity effects and minimizes the time necessary
for computation of systematic yield prediction;

- algorithms that compute an overall yield impact matrix for design as a
function of layout elements and manufacturing yield models;

- statistical simulation of circuit performance as a function of
manufacturing process variations, including their impact on transistor
performance; and

- statistical process and device simulation.

Our software that is used to predict yields of designs is also used to
generate test chips, or characterization vehicles. These characterization
vehicles, or CVs, are used to calibrate the yield models and to provide
manufacturers with early prediction of product yields, often before the IC
design is completed. Early prediction generated by the CVs is the basis of the
yield improvement methodologies for the manufacturing line. Information
generated by the CVs is also used to improve the IC design.

Our methodologies are a series of guidelines that our implementation teams
use to drive our customers' adoption of our software and CVs to quantify the
yield impact of each module of the process and design block, simulate the impact
of changes to the design and manufacturing process, and analyze the outcome of
executing such changes.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Our design-to-silicon yield solutions consist of integration engineering
services, proprietary software and other technologies. Our proprietary software
and other technologies include proprietary manufacturing process simulation
software, yield and performance modeling software, and comprehensive test chips.

We tailor our solution to our customers' specific business issues by
offering one of the following design-to-silicon yield solutions:

- Integration and Ramp. This solution enables our customers to ramp the
yield of new products when the manufacturing process or fabrication
facility is new. Our solution is used to improve the process capability
and manufacturability of designs targeted for that process.

- Yield and Performance Ramp. This solution enables our customers to ramp
the yield and performance of new products when the manufacturing process
is assumed to be mostly correct and complete. In this case, we focus on
design oriented issues.

Our design-to-silicon yield solutions can incorporate various software and
other technologies, typically including the following:

- Characterization Vehicles and Characterization Vehicle Software. Our
integration engineers develop a design of experiments, or DOE, to
determine how IC design building blocks interact with the manufacturing
process. Our software utilizes the DOE, as well as a library of these
building blocks that we know have potential yield and performance impact,
to generate comprehensive test chips that we call Characterization
Vehicles,(TM) or CVs. These CVs are run through the manufacturing process
with intentional modifications to explore the effects of natural
manufacturing process variations. Our CV analysis software is then used
to analyze the electrical test results

33

36

generated by the test chips to model the yield and performance effects of
process variations on these design building blocks.

- pdEx(TM) pdEx analyzes an IC design to compute its systematic and
contamination yield loss. pdEx takes as input, a layout that is typically
in industry standard format, yield models generated by running our CVs,
other test chip data and other in-line inspection systems. pdEx is
designed to estimate the yield loss due to optical proximity effects,
etch micro loading, dishing in chemical-mechanical polishing and
contamination, as well as a number of other basic process issues.

- Circuit Surfer(R) Circuit Surfer estimates the performance yield and
manufacturability of small blocks in a design, such as analog subsystems
or critical paths of digital blocks. Using Circuit Surfer, a design
engineer is able to estimate how manufacturing process variations will
impact circuit performance.

- pdFab(R) pdFab provides a framework for statistical manufacturing process
and transistor simulation that enables our integration engineers to
understand the effects of expected or measured manufacturing process
variations on transistor performance. pdFab is used to optimize the
transistor architecture and associated manufacturing process, and is
primarily targeted to provide higher IC performance, although yield
improvements may also be generated.

- Optissimo(R) Optissimo is used to optimize the layout of a design to
minimize the impact of wafer printing variations due to optical proximity
effects. Optissimo can be used for model based optical proximity
correction technologies.

While the primary distribution method for our software and technologies is
through our design-to-silicon yield solutions, we have in the past and may in
the future separately license these and other technologies.

CUSTOMERS AND CASE STUDIES

Customers

Our current customers are primarily large integrated device manufacturers,
or IDMs. We have established ongoing relationships with key IDMs such as Toshiba
Corporation, Sony Corporation, Conexant Systems, Inc., Philips Semiconductor and
Texas Instruments Incorporated. Our customers' targeted product segments vary
significantly, including microprocessors, graphics, memory, and communications.
We believe that the adoption of our solutions by such diverse and
technologically advanced companies validates the application of our
design-to-silicon yield solutions to the broader market.

34

37

Case Studies

TOSHIBA CORPORATION -- one of the world's leading semiconductor
manufacturers with IC and end product revenue over $50 billion.

Challenge:   To meet the anticipated large market demand for a new
consumer product, Toshiba sought to ramp production of a
very large, complex system-on-a-chip, or SoC. A chip of this
size and complexity had not previously been manufactured at
the projected high volumes.
Solution:    Toshiba utilized our design-to-silicon yield solution to
identify and quantify potential yield loss components and
their root causes, and to monitor continuing manufacturing
process health. Our CVs and analyses continuously identified
yield issues and prioritized the causes by yield impact,
which Toshiba used to drive proactive improvements to ensure
that SoC yields would be on target. Toshiba made numerous
design and manufacturing changes, so that the design and
manufacturing process were already co-optimized to yield
well by the time the SoC was inserted into mass production.
In addition, our solution was used to improve the transistor
architecture for significantly better transistor
performance, which resulted in higher IC performance yield.
Impact:      The SoC yield ramp rate greatly exceeded the industry
benchmark ramp rates, increased the capacity of the
fabrication facility and enabled Toshiba to meet the market
demand. We continue to work very closely with Toshiba on the
next generation of this process and SoC.

CONEXANT SYSTEMS, INC. -- one of the world's leading pure-play
communications IC producers with IC revenue in excess of $2 billion.

Challenge:   Conexant sought to achieve consistently high yields of a
specific product across existing internal and external
manufacturing processes. This was exacerbated by the added
complexities of disparate design rules in each of the
facilities.
Solution:    We worked with Conexant to identify, quantify and prioritize
yield loss components and their root causes to drive yield
improvements for an archetypal product. These improvements
were also expected to apply to other Conexant products. Our
proprietary technology allowed our team to uncover the two
major systematic causes of low yield for this product -- the
first was an inconsistency in the design rules that
specified how layers of metals were connected to each other,
or borderless contacts, and the second was a problem in the
transistor to transistor interconnect. We worked with
Conexant to identify layout changes to compensate for
process differences across the manufacturing facilities. Our
team used our software simulation capability to predict the
yield improvement and ensure that proposed changes were
optimal.
Impact:      In three months, we increased yields dramatically for the
archetypal product. In addition, the corrections implemented
for the archetypal product were applied to many products in
the 0.25 micron technology. We continue to work closely with
Conexant on the next generation of its processes and
products.

SALES AND MARKETING

Our sales strategy is to pursue targeted accounts through a combination of
our direct sales force and strategic alliances. To date, we have targeted
leading IDMs to validate our solutions in leading technology and manufacturing
environments and to establish credibility to support future sales and marketing
efforts. We expect to extend these efforts to other IDMs and fabless
semiconductor companies. For sales in the United States, we rely on our direct
sales team, which primarily operates out of our San Jose, California
headquarters. In Japan we rely on our direct sales team as well as Innotech
Corporation, a large semiconductor sales and distribution company located in
Japan. Innotech has been instrumental in providing introductions to key
executives with some of our targeted customers, which has allowed us to

35

38

establish direct relationships with these key executives. We expect to continue
establishing strategic alliances with vendors in the electronic design
automation software, capital equipment for IC production, silicon intellectual
property and mask-making software segments to create and take advantage of co-
marketing opportunities. We believe that these relationships will also serve as
sales channels for our design-to-silicon yield solutions and to increase
industry awareness of our solutions.

We strive to provide compelling value in our initial engagement to
establish ourselves as a key vendor to our customers and solidify relationships
at the executive level. Early in the solution implementation, our engineers
establish relationships across the organization and gain a solid understanding
of our customers' business issues. Our direct sales and solution implementation
teams combine their efforts to deepen our customer relationships by expanding
our penetration across the customer's products, processes and technologies. This
close working relationship with the customer has the added benefit of helping us
identify new product areas and technologies in which we should next focus our
research and development efforts. We believe that our sales and marketing
efforts will facilitate the adoption of our design-to-silicon yield solutions as
the industry standard.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Our research and development focuses on rapidly developing and introducing
new proprietary technologies, software products and enhancements to our existing
design-to-silicon yield solutions. We use a rapid-prototyping paradigm in the
context of the customer engagement to achieve these goals. In addition, we have
a highly-qualified technical advisory board comprised of professors from Harvard
University's Business School, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Carnegie Mellon University and the University of California, Berkeley to help us
develop and guide our strategic development roadmap.

We have made and expect to continue to make substantial investments in
research and development. The complexity of our design-to-silicon yield
technologies requires expertise in physical IC design and layout, transistor
design and semiconductor physics, semiconductor process integration, numerical
algorithms, statistics, and software development. We believe that the
multidisciplinary expertise of our team of scientists and engineers will
continue to advance our market and technological leadership. We conduct
extensive in-house training for our engineers in the technical areas, as well
focusing on ways to enhance their client service skills. At any given time,
about one quarter of our research and development engineers are operating in the
field, partnered with solution implementation engineers in a deliberate strategy
to provide direct feedback between technology development and client needs. Our
research and development expenses were approximately $1.0 million in 1997, $1.9
million in 1998, $3.1 million in 1999 and $2.2 million in the first six months
of 2000.

COMPETITION

The semiconductor industry is highly competitive and characterized by
rapidly changing design and process technologies, evolving standards, short
product life cycles and decreasing prices. While the market for silicon
infrastructure is in its infancy, it is rapidly evolving and we expect
competition to develop and continue to increase. We believe a comprehensive
solution to effectively close the design-to-silicon yield gap requires
integration of design and manufacturing processes. Currently, we are the only
provider of comprehensive commercial solutions for systematic IC yield and
performance enhancement. We face indirect competition from the internal groups
at IC companies that work on process integration, including groups at current
customers such as Toshiba or Conexant, and at prospective customers. Some
vendors to IC companies may also compete with us indirectly. For example,
Cadence, a prominent electronic design automation vendor, has offerings that
help enhance IC layout in ways that could result in improved yield. Providers of
yield management software aimed at maintaining and improving yield in mass
production, such as KLA-Tencor, help us maintain yield gains achieved in
integration and ramp, and could be perceived as indirect competition. In
addition to such indirect competition, other potential sources of competition
include: yield-management software vendors who could expand their offerings to
include or increase design and process capabilities; electronic design
automation vendors, who could expand their offerings to include process and
manufacturing; and semiconductor process equipment vendors, who could

36

39

expand their offerings to include design and other elements of process and
manufacturing beyond their own equipment.

We believe that the principal factors affecting competition in our market
are:

- demonstrated results and reputation;

- strength of core technology;

- ability to implement solutions for new technology and product
generations;

- time to market; and

- strategic relationships.

Although we believe that our solutions compete favorably with respect to
these factors, our market is relatively new and is evolving rapidly. We may not
be able to maintain our competitive position against current and potential
competitors, especially those with significantly greater resources.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our future success and competitive position are dependent upon our
continued ability to develop and protect proprietary software and other
technologies. We rely primarily on a combination of contractual provisions,
confidentiality procedures, trade secrets, and patent, copyright and trademark
laws to protect our proprietary technologies and prevent competitors from using
our technologies in their products. We have been issued one German patent and
have five patent applications currently pending in the United States. We intend
to prepare additional patent applications for submission to the United States
Patent and Trademark Office. In the future, we may seek additional patent
protection when we feel it is necessary.

We license our products and technologies pursuant to non-exclusive license
agreements which impose restrictions on customer use. In addition, we seek to
avoid disclosure of our trade secrets, including, requiring employees, customers
and others with access to our proprietary information to execute confidentiality
agreements with us and restricting access to our source code. We also seek to
protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade
secret and copyright laws. Despite this protection, unauthorized parties may
copy aspects of our current or future software and other technologies or obtain
and use information that we regard as proprietary.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and
pursuit of intellectual property rights or positions. There are also numerous
patents in the semiconductor industry and new patents are being issued at a
rapid rate. It is also possible that third parties will claim that we have
infringed their patents and current or future products. Any claims, with or
without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause
delays, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of
which could harm our business. Patent litigation in particular has complex
technical issues and inherent uncertainties. In the event an infringement claim
against us was successful and we could not obtain a license on acceptable terms
or license a substitute technology or redesign to avoid infringement, our
business would be harmed.

PDF Solutions,(R) Circuit Surfer,(R) pdFab(R) and Optissimo(R) are our
registered trademarks and Characterization Vehicle,(TM) CV,(TM) pdEx(TM) and
Optissimo(TM) are trademarks of PDF. All other brand names or trademarks
appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

EMPLOYEES

As of June 30, 2000, we had 108 employees, including 43 in client service
teams, 42 in products and methods, 6 in sales and marketing and 17 in general
and administrative functions. Seventy-three of these employees are located in
San Jose, California, 14 are located in Texas and Virginia, 18 are located in
Germany and 3 employees are located in Japan. Of our 108 total employees, 80 are
engineers, 70 of which have advanced degrees including 40 with Ph.Ds.

37

40

None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is subject to a
collective bargaining agreement. We believe our relationship with our employees
is good.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently party to any material legal proceedings.

FACILITIES

Our principal executive offices are located in San Jose, California where
we lease approximately 18,000 square feet under a lease that expires in October
2004. We lease 3,750 square feet in Dallas, Texas under a lease that expires in
July 2002. In addition, we lease 4,200 square feet in Munich, Germany and 1,600
square feet in Tokyo, Japan under leases that expire in June 2002 and April
2002. We believe that our current facilities in San Jose are adequate to meet
our needs through the end of fiscal 2000, at which time we will need to obtain
additional space in the San Jose area, which we expect to be able to obtain when
necessary. We are also currently in the process of seeking additional space in
Dallas.

38

41

MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The names and ages of our executive officers and directors as of June 30,
2000 are as follows:

NAME                     AGE                   POSITION(S)
----                     ---                   -----------

John K. Kibarian, Ph.D. ..................  36     Chief Executive Officer, President and
Director
Thomas F. Cobourn, Ph.D. .................  39     Vice President, Yield Analysis
David A. Joseph...........................  46     Vice President, Products and Methods
P. Steven Melman..........................  45     Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President, Finance and Administration
Kimon Michaels, Ph.D. ....................  34     Vice President, Integration Practice and
Director
P.K. Mozumder, Ph.D. .....................  38     Vice President, Integration Practice
W. Steven Rowe............................  50     Vice President, Human Resources
David Tarpley.............................  54     Vice President, Worldwide Sales
B.J. Cassin...............................  66     Director
Donald L. Lucas...........................  70     Director
Lucio L. Lanza............................  56     Director

John K. Kibarian, Ph.D., one of our founders, has served as President since
November 1991 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since July 2000. Mr.
Kibarian has served as a director since December 1992. Mr. Kibarian received a
B.S. in Electrical Engineering, a M.S. E.C.E. and a Ph.D. E.C.E. from Carnegie
Mellon University.

Thomas F. Cobourn, Ph.D., one of our founders, has served in Vice
Presidential capacities since June 1992 including currently as Vice President,
Yield Analysis. Mr. Cobourn received a B.S., Computer Science and Engineering
from the University of Pennsylvania and a M.S. E.C.E. and Ph.D. E.C.E. from
Carnegie Mellon University.

David A. Joseph has served as Vice President, Products and Methods since
July 1999. He served as Vice President, Business Development from November 1998
through June 1999. From February 1978 to October 1998, Mr. Joseph served
KLA/Tencor, a semiconductor manufacturing company, in various positions,
including as Japan Business Manager, VP Customer Satisfaction and GM Yield
Analysis Software. Mr. Joseph received a B.S. in Mathematical Science from
Stanford University.

P. Steven Melman has served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President,
Finance and Administration since July 1998. From April 1997 to June 1998, Mr.
Melman served as Vice President Finance and Administration with Animation
Science Corporation, an animation company. From April 1995 to April 1997, he
served as Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer with Business
Resource Group, a facilities management and commercial furnishings company. Mr.
Melman received a B.S. in Business Administration from Boston University. Mr.
Melman is a Certified Public Accountant.

Kimon Michaels, Ph.D., one of our founders, has served in Vice Presidential
capacities since March 1993 including currently as Vice President, Integration
Practice, and as a director since November 1995. He also served as Chief
Financial Officer from November 1995 to July 1998. Mr. Michaels received a B.S.
in Electrical Engineering, a M.S. E.C.E. and a Ph.D. E.C.E. from Carnegie Mellon
University.

P.K. Mozumder, Ph.D. has served as Vice President, Integration Practice
since May 1998. From June 1994 to May 1998, Mr. Mozumder served as a Branch
Manager with Texas Instruments, Inc., a consumer electronics and semiconductor
company. Mr. Mozumder received a B. Tech in Electrical Engineering from the
Indian Institute of Technology in Bombay, India, and a M.S. E.C.E. and a Ph.D.
E.C.E. from Carnegie Mellon University.

W. Steven Rowe has served as Vice President, Human Resources since February
2000. From June 1995 to February 2000, Mr. Rowe served as Vice President, Human
Resources at Trident Microsystems, a

39

42

multimedia semiconductor company. From May 1994 to June 1995, he served as Vice
President, Human Resources at OPTi Inc., an semiconductor company. Mr. Rowe
received a M.A. in Education Administration from San Jose State University, a
M.A. in Speech Pathology from Chico State University and a J.D. from Lincoln
University.

David Tarpley has served as Vice President, Worldwide Sales since November
1996. From           1993 to November 1996, Mr. Tarpley served as Vice
President, Worldwide Sales with HLD, Inc., an electronic design automation
company. Mr. Tarpley received a B.S. in Business Administration from University
of California, Berkeley and a M.B.A. from California State University Fullerton.

B.J. Cassin has served as a director since November 1995. Mr. Cassin has
been a private venture capital investor since 1979. Previously, he co-founded
Xidex Corporation, a manufacturer of data storage media in 1969. Mr. Cassin is
chairman of the board of directors of Cerus Corporation, a medical device
company and a director of Symphonix Devices, Inc., a medical device company. Mr.
Cassin holds an A.B. in Economics from Holy Cross College.

Donald L. Lucas has served as a director since May 1999. He has been a
venture capitalist since 1960. He also serves as a director of Cadence Design
Systems, Inc., an electronic design automation company, Coulter Pharmaceutical,
Inc., a pharmaceutical company, Macromedia, Inc., a software company, Oracle
Corporation, an information management software company, Preview Systems, Inc.,
a infrastructure software company, Transcend Services, Inc., a medical services
company, and Tricord Systems, Inc., a storage system management software
company. Mr. Lucas holds a B.A. in Economics and a M.B.A. from Stanford
University.

Lucio L. Lanza has served as a director since November 1995. Mr. Lanza
joined U.S. Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, in 1990 and has served as
a general partner since 1996. Mr. Lanza serves as chairman of the board of
Artisan Components, Inc., a semiconductor intellectual property company.

BOARD COMPOSITION

Our bylaws currently provide for a board of directors consisting of five
members. Commencing upon completion of this offering, the board of directors
will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered three-year terms:

- Class I directors will include Mr. Lucas and Mr. Cassin, and their terms
will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the
date of this prospectus;

- Class II directors will include Mr. Lanza and Mr. Michaels, and their
terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following
the date of this prospectus; and

- Class III directors will include Mr. Kibarian, whose term will expire at
the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this
prospectus.

As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting
of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of
their respective terms.

Each officer is elected by the board of directors and serves at its
discretion. Each of our officers and directors, other than nonemployee
directors, devotes his or her full time to our affairs. Our nonemployee
directors devote the amount of time to our affairs as is necessary to discharge
their duties. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or
officers.

BOARD COMMITTEES

We have established an audit committee and a compensation committee.

Audit Committee

The audit committee reviews our internal accounting procedures and
considers and reports to the board of directors with respect to other auditing
and accounting matters, including the selection of our

40

43

independent auditors, the scope of annual audits, fees to be paid to our
independent auditors and the performance of our independent auditors. The audit
committee currently consists of Mr. Lucas, Mr. Lanza and Mr. Cassin.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee reviews and recommends to the board of directors
the salaries, benefits and stock option grants of all employees, consultants,
directors and other individuals compensated by us. The compensation committee
also administers our stock option and other employee benefits plans. The
compensation committee currently consists of Mr. Cassin and Mr. Lanza.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our directors do not currently receive any compensation for serving on the
board of directors, although they are reimbursed for reasonable travel expenses
incurred in connection with attending board of directors and committee meetings.
In March 2000, we issued options to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock to
Mr. Lucas, at an exercise purchase price of $1.00 per share, one-quarter of the
shares vest on the 12 month anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
1/48 of the total number of shares subject to the option vest each month
thereafter, provided that Mr. Lucas remains one of our directors. After the
completion of this offering, any new directors will receive an initial option to
purchase 30,000 shares of common stock and all our directors will receive on an
annual basis options to purchase 7,500 shares of common stock. Please see
"Management -- Benefit Plans -- 2000 Stock Plan."

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

The compensation committee makes all compensation decisions. Our
compensation committee currently consists of Mr. Cassin and Mr. Lanza, neither
of whom has ever been one of our officers or employees. Prior to the formation
of the compensation committee in 1995, our board of directors made decisions
relating to compensation of our executive officers. None of our executive
officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee
of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member
of our board of directors or compensation committee.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation that
we paid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999 to our Chief Executive
Officer and our four other most highly compensated officers who earned more than
$100,000 during that fiscal year. All option grants were made under our 1997
Stock Plan. Amounts listed under "Other Annual Compensation" represent the
dollar value of commissions earned. The amounts listed under "All Other
Compensation" represent the dollar

41

44

value of term life insurance paid by us on behalf of the named executive officer
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. There is no cash surrender value
under the life insurance policy.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
AWARDS
ANNUAL COMPENSATION          ------------
---------------------------------    SECURITIES
OTHER ANNUAL    UNDERLYING     ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION         SALARY     BONUS    COMPENSATION     OPTIONS      COMPENSATION
---------------------------        --------   -------   ------------   ------------   ------------

John K. Kibarian.......................  $120,000   $15,000           --            --          $321
Chief Executive Officer and President
David Tarpley..........................   100,240        --     $104,851        80,000           327
Vice President, Worldwide Sales
David A. Joseph........................   160,240     1,450           --        50,000           327
Vice President, Products and Methods
P.K. Mozumder..........................   150,240     6,200           --            --           327
Vice President, Integration Practice
P. Steven Melman.......................   150,240     4,600           --            --           327
Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President, Finance and
Administration

Option Grants in 1999

The following table sets forth information with respect to stock options
granted to our Chief Executive Officer and our four most highly compensated
executive officers during the year ended December 31, 1999.

INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
-----------------------------------------------------------   POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
PERCENT OF                                   ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
NUMBER OF      TOTAL OPTIONS                               STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
SECURITIES        GRANTED TO     EXERCISE OR                         OPTION TERM
UNDERLYING       EMPLOYEES IN    BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION   -----------------------------
NAME           OPTIONS GRANTED    FISCAL YEAR     (PER SHARE)      DATE           5%              10%
----           ---------------   --------------   -----------   ----------   -------------   -------------

John K. Kibarian.....          --               --              --            --              --              --
David Tarpley........      80,000             10.7%          $0.25       1/27/09      $1,413,427      $2,262,493
David A. Joseph......      50,000              6.7            0.25       5/20/09         883,392       1,414,058
P.K. Mozumder........          --               --              --            --              --              --
P. Steven Melman.....          --               --              --            --              --              --

We have never granted any stock appreciation rights. All option grants were
made under our 1997 stock plan. The exercise price per share was equal to the
fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant as determined by the
board of directors. Percentage of total options is based on an aggregate of
746,500 shares of common stock granted under the 1997 Stock Plan in the year
ended December 31, 1999.

The potential realizable value represents the hypothetical gain or option
spread that would exist for the options in this table if the assumed initial
public offering price of $11.00 for our common stock appreciates at assumed
annual rates of 5% and 10% for the ten year term of such options. These assumed
rates comply with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not
represent our estimate of future stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock
option exercises will be dependent on the future performance of our common
stock.

The options shown in this table vest at a rate of 1/4 of the common stock
subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date of grant and
thereafter 1/48 of the total number of the option shares vest monthly as long as
the optionee remains an employee, consultant or director. The options granted to
Mr. Tarpley were fully vested on the date of grant.

42

45

1999 Fiscal Year-End Option Values

The following table provides summary information with respect to our chief
executive officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers
concerning:

- the shares of common stock acquired in 1999;

- the value realized upon exercise of stock options in 1999; and

- the number and value of unexercised options as of December 31, 1999.

The value was calculated by determining the difference between the fair market
value of underlying securities, which we have based on an assumed initial public
offering price of $11.00, and the exercise price.

NUMBER OF SECURITIES
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
OPTIONS AT              IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
SHARES                      DECEMBER 31, 1999             DECEMBER 31, 1999
ACQUIRED ON    VALUE     ---------------------------   ---------------------------
NAME                 EXERCISE     REALIZED   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
----                -----------   --------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------

John K. Kibarian...............        --        --             --           --               --           --
David Tarpley..................    80,000         $0            --           --               --           --
David Joseph...................    50,000         0             --           --               --           --
P.K. Mozumder..................        --        --             --           --               --           --
P. Steven Melman...............        --        --             --           --               --           --

BENEFIT PLANS

1996 Stock Option Plan

Our 1996 Stock Option Plan, or the 1996 Plan, provides for the granting of
incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and for the granting to
employees, directors and consultants of nonstatutory stock options. The 1996
Plan was approved by the board of directors in January of 1996 and by our
stockholders in February of 1996. The board of directors approved an amendment
to the 1996 Plan in August 1996 to allow grants to consultants, which amendment
did not require stockholder approval. Unless terminated sooner, the 1996 Plan
will terminate automatically in 2006. As of June 30, 2000, a total of 1,097,551
shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the 1996 Plan of
which options to purchase 28,126 were outstanding and none were available for
grant.

The 1996 Plan may be administered by the board of directors or a committee
of the board of directors, which committee shall, in the case of options
intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code, consist of two or more "outside directors" within
the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Administrator has the power to
determine the terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the
number of shares, the exercisability thereof, and the form of consideration
payable upon exercise. In March 2000, the administrator amended the 1996 Plan
exercise practices to allow for the early exercise of unvested shares by all
optionees. The board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or
terminate the 1996 Plan, provided that the action may not adversely affect any
share of common stock previously issued and sold or any option previously
granted under the 1996 Plan.

Options granted under the 1996 Plan are not generally transferable by the
optionee, and each option is exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee
only by the optionee. Options granted under the 1996 Plan generally must be
exercised within three months of the optionee's separation of service from PDF,
or within twelve months of the optionee's termination by death or disability,
but in no event later than the expiration of the option's ten year term. The
exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the 1996 Plan must
be at least equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of
grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10%
of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding capital stock, the
exercise price of any incentive or nonstatutory stock option granted must

43

46

equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant and the term
of any incentive stock option must not exceed five years. The exercise price of
a nonstatutory option granted to any other individual must equal at least 85% of
the fair market value on the date of grant. The term of all other options
granted under the 1996 Plan may not exceed ten years.

The 1996 Plan provides that in the event of a merger by us with or into
another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each option
shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor
corporation unless the administrator decides that the optionees shall have the
right to exercise some or all of the unvested shares. If each outstanding option
is made exercisable in lieu of substitution or assumption as described in the
preceding sentence, the administrator shall notify the optionees that each
option shall be exercisable for a period of thirty days from the date of such
notice and that the option shall otherwise terminate upon the expiration of such
period.

Following adoption of the 1997 Stock Plan in September 1997 by the board of
directors, the 1996 Plan was effectively terminated and no additional grants
could be issued under the 1996 Plan.

1997 Stock Plan

Our 1997 Stock Plan, or the 1997 Plan, provides for the granting of
incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and for the granting to employees, directors
and consultants of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights. The
1997 Plan was approved by the board of directors and stockholders in September
1997. The board of directors approved an amendment to the 1997 Plan in December
1999, and the stockholders approved this amendment in January of 2000. Unless
terminated sooner, the 1997 Plan will terminate automatically in 2007. As of
June 30, 2000, a total of 8,402,449 shares of common stock were reserved for
issuance pursuant to the 1997 Plan of which options to purchase 477,128 shares
were outstanding and 2,740,572 were available for grant.

The 1997 Plan may be administered by the board of directors or a committee
of the board of directors, which committee shall, in the case of options
intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code, consist of two or more "outside directors" within
the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Administrator has the power to
determine the terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the
number of shares, the exercisability thereof, and the form of consideration
payable upon exercise. In March 2000, the Administrator amended the 1997 Plan
exercise practices to allow for the early exercise of unvested shares by all
optionees. The board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or
terminate the 1997 Plan, provided that the action may not adversely affect any
share of common stock previously issued and sold or any option previously
granted under the 1997 Plan. On June 30, 2000, the board of directors formed a
Special Option Committee to serve as Administrator under the 1997 Plan for the
purposes of granting options to purchase up to 35,000 shares of common stock to
any new, non-executive employees. The Special Option Committee consists of Mr.
Kibarian and Mr. Melman.

Options and stock purchase rights granted under the 1997 Plan are not
generally transferable by the optionee, and each option and stock purchase right
is exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee. Options
granted under the 1997 Plan must generally be exercised within three months of
the optionee's separation of service from us, or within twelve months of the
optionee's termination by death or disability, but in no event later than the
expiration of the option's ten year term. Options granted under the 1997 Plan
generally may be exercised immediately after the grant date, but to the extent
the shares subject to the options are not vested as of the date of exercise, we
retain a right to repurchase any shares that remain unvested at the time of the
optionee's termination of employment by paying an amount equal to the exercise
price times the number of unvested shares. Options granted under the 1997 Plan
generally vest at the rate of 1/4 of the total number of shares subject to the
options on the twelve month anniversary of the date of grant and 1/48 of the
total number of shares subject to the options vest each month thereafter. In the
case of stock purchase rights, unless the administrator determines otherwise,
the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant us a repurchase option
exercisable upon the voluntary or

44

47

involuntary termination of the purchaser's service for any reason, including
death or disability. The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser
to us. The repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the
administrator, which is generally equal to 25% per year. The exercise price of
all incentive stock options granted under the 1997 Plan must be at least equal
to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price of all incentive stock options granted under the 1997 Plan must be at
least equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant,
and any nonstatutory option must have an exercise price at least equal to 85% of
the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. With respect to
any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of
all classes of our outstanding capital stock, the exercise price of any
incentive or nonstatutory stock option or stock purchase rights granted must
equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant for options
and 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant in the case of stock
purchase rights and the term of any incentive stock option must not exceed five
years. The term of all other options granted under the 1997 Plan may not exceed
ten years.

The 1997 Plan provides that in the event of a merger by us with or into
another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each option
shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor
corporation. If each outstanding option is not assumed or substituted as
described in the preceding sentence, the administrator shall notify the
optionees that each option shall terminate upon the consummation of the merger
or sale of assets.

Effective as of the date of this prospectus, no new grants will be made
from the 1997 Plan.

2000 Stock Plan

Our 2000 Stock Plan, or the 2000 Plan, provides for the granting of
incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and for the granting to employees, directors
and consultants of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights. The
2000 Plan was approved by the board of directors in August of 2000 and by the
stockholders in October of 2000. A total of 3,000,000 shares of common stock has
been reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan, none of which have been issued
as of the date of this offering. The number of shares reserved for issuance
under the Purchase Plan will be increased on the first day of each of our fiscal
years by the lesser of:

- 3,000,000 shares;

- 5% of our outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately
preceding fiscal year; or

- the number of shares determined by the board of directors.

The 2000 Plan may be administered by the board of directors or a committee
of the board of directors, which committee shall, in the case of options
intended to qualify as the "performance-based compensation" within the meaning
of Section 162(m) of the Code, consist of two or more "outside directors" within
the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator has the power to
determine the terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the
number of shares, the exercisability thereof, and the form of consideration
payable upon exercise. The board of directors has the authority to amend,
suspend or terminate the 2000 Plan, provided that the action may not adversely
affect any share of common stock previously issued and sold or any option
previously granted under the 2000 Plan.

Options and stock purchase rights granted under the 2000 Plan are not
generally transferable by the optionee, and each option and stock purchase right
is exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee. Options
granted under the 2000 Plan must generally be exercised within three months of
the optionee's separation of service, or within twelve months of the optionee's
termination by death or disability, but in no event later than the expiration of
the option's ten year term. Options granted under the 2000 Plan generally may be
exercised immediately after the grant date, but to the extent the shares subject
to the options are not vested as of the date of exercise, we retain a right to
repurchase any shares

45

48

that remain unvested at the time of the optionee's termination of employment by
paying an amount equal to the exercise price times the number of unvested
shares. Options granted under the 2000 Plan generally vest at the rate of 1/4 of
the total number of shares subject to the options on the twelve month
anniversary of the date of grant and 1/48 of the total number of shares subject
to the options vest each month thereafter. In the case of stock purchase rights,
unless the administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement shall grant us a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or
involuntary termination of the purchaser's service for any reason, including
death or disability. The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser
to us. The repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the
administrator which is generally equal to 25% per year. The exercise price of
all incentive stock options granted under the 2000 Plan must be at least equal
to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The exercise
price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2000 Plan is determined by
the administrator. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding capital
stock, the exercise price of any incentive stock option or must equal at least
110% of the fair market value on the date of grant for options and the term of
any incentive stock option must not exceed five years. The term of all other
options granted under the 2000 Plan may not exceed ten years. For options
granted on or after the effective date of registration of any class of equity
security of PDF and prior to six months after the termination of such
registration, the exercise price will be no less than the fair market value of
the common stock on the date of grant.

The 2000 Plan provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock
options to nonemployee directors. The director option component will not become
effective until completion of this offering. Each nonemployee director who first
becomes a board member after the date of this prospectus will be granted options
for 30,000 shares. In addition, each nonemployee director will be granted
options for 7,500 shares annually. These automatic grants shall vest in
accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above, however, in the event of a
change in control, the options shall become 100% vested.

The 2000 Plan provides that in the event of a merger by us with or into
another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, each option
shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor
corporation, unless the administrator decides in its sole discretion that
optionees have the right to exercise some or all of the stock in lieu of
substitution or assumption. If each outstanding option is not assumed or
substituted as described in the preceding sentence, the administrator shall
notify the optionees that each option shall be exercisable for a period of
fifteen days from the date of such notice and the option will terminate upon
expiration of such period.

2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or Purchase Plan, was adopted by the
board of directors in August 2000 and approved by the stockholders in October
2000. A total of 300,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance
under the Purchase Plan, none of which have been issued as of the date of this
offering. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan
will be increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years by the lesser of:

- 675,000 shares;

- 2% of our outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately
preceding fiscal year; or

- the number of shares determined by the board of directors.

The Purchase Plan becomes effective on the date of this prospectus. Unless
terminated earlier by the board of directors, the Purchase Plan shall terminate
in December 31, 2010.

The Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the
Code, will be implemented by a series of overlapping offering periods of 24
months' duration, with new offering periods, other than the first offering
period, commencing on January 1 and July 1 of each year. Each offering period
will consist of four consecutive purchase periods of six months' duration, and
at the end of each six month period an

46

49

automatic purchase will be made for participants. The initial offering period is
expected to commence on the date of this offering and end on December 31, 2000;
the initial purchase period is expected to begin on the date of this offering.
The Purchase Plan will be administered by the board of directors or by a
committee appointed by the board. Our employees (including officers and employee
directors), or of any of our majority-owned subsidiaries designated by the
board, are eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan if we or our subsidiary
employs them for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months per year.
Under the Purchase Plan, eligible employees may purchase common stock through
payroll deductions, which in any event may not exceed 10% of an employee's
compensation, at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of
the common stock at the beginning of each offering period or at the end of each
purchase period. Employees may end their participation in the Purchase Plan at
any time during an offering period and participation ends automatically on
termination of employment.

Under the Purchase Plan no employee shall be granted an option if
immediately after the grant the employee would own stock and/or hold outstanding
options to purchase stock equaling 5% or more of the total voting power or value
of all classes of our stock or its subsidiaries. In addition, no employee shall
be granted an option under the Purchase Plan if the option would permit the
employee to purchase stock under all our employee stock purchase plans and our
subsidiaries in an amount that exceeds $25,000 of fair market value for each
calendar year in which the option is outstanding at any time. If the fair market
value of the common stock on a purchase date is less than the fair market value
at the beginning of the offering period, each participant in the Purchase Plan
shall automatically be withdrawn from the offering period as of the end of the
purchase date and re-enrolled in the new twenty-four month offering period
beginning on the first business day following the purchase date.

The Purchase Plan provides that in the event of our merger or consolidation
with or into another corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of our
assets, each right to purchase stock under the Purchase Plan will be assumed or
an equivalent right will be substituted by the successor corporation unless the
board of directors shortens any ongoing offering period so that employees'
rights to purchase stock under the Purchase Plan are exercised prior to
consummation of the transaction. The board of directors has the power to amend
or terminate the Purchase Plan and to change or terminate offering periods as
long as any action does not adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase
stock under the Purchase Plan, however the board may amend or terminate the
Purchase Plan or an offering period even if it would adversely affect
outstanding options in order to avoid our incurring adverse accounting charges.
We have not issued any shares under the Purchase Plan to date.

401(k) PLAN

We sponsor a 401(k) plan in which eligible employees may participate. The
401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code.
Contributions to the 401(k) plan and income earned on such contributions are not
taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan. Subject to
restrictions imposed by the Code on highly compensated employees, employees
generally may defer up to 15% of their pre-tax earnings up to the statutorily
prescribed annual limit, which is $10,500 for the 2000 calendar year, and to
have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k)
plan permits, but does not require, additional matching contributions from us to
the 401(k) plan. Participants' salary reduction contributions are fully vested
at all times. Each participant's interest in their employer discretionary
contributions and matching contributions generally vest in accordance with a
four-year graduated vesting schedule. Participants may receive loans and
hardship distributions while in service and are eligible for a distribution from
the 401(k) plan upon separation from service with us. All contributions are tax
deductible by us. The trustee under the 401(k) plan, at the direction of
participants, invests the assets of the 401(k) plan in any of seven designated
investment options. To date, we have not made any matching contributions to the
401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan may be amended or terminated by us at any time, and
in our sole discretion.

47

50

CHANGE OF CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

On July 9, 1998, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Melman to act
as our Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer.
This letter agreement provides that in the event Mr. Melman is terminated
without cause any time after his one-year anniversary with us and there is no
change of control, Mr. Melman will receive six months accelerated vesting of
shares purchased pursuant to an option or restricted stock purchase agreement.
In the event of a change of control, Mr. Melman will receive 24 months
accelerated vesting, regardless of whether his employment is terminated. Change
of control is defined as an event whereby a party or group of parties, different
from those in control of PDF at the time of Mr. Melman's offer, attains a
majority voting right in PDF. Other than as described above, in general, our
employees are not subject to written employment agreements.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

As permitted by the Delaware general corporation law, we have included a
provision in our certificate of incorporation to eliminate the personal
liability of our officers and directors for monetary damages for breach or
alleged breach of their fiduciary duties as officers or directors, other than in
cases of fraud or other willful misconduct.

In addition, our bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our
officers and directors even when indemnification would otherwise be
discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and
directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they
may be indemnified. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our
officers and directors containing provisions that are in some respects broader
than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware general
corporation law. The indemnification agreements require us to indemnify our
officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their
status or service as officers and directors other than for liabilities arising
from willful misconduct of a culpable nature, to advance their expenses incurred
as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be
indemnified, and to obtain our directors' and officers' insurance if available
on reasonable terms. We expect to obtain directors' and officers' liability
insurance effective upon completion of this offering.

At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or
proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in
which indemnification would be required or permitted. We believe that our
charter provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and
retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

48

51

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

SALES OF PREFERRED STOCK SECURITIES

On December 4, 1995, we sold 8,750,000 shares of Series A preferred stock
at a price of $0.40 per share to a group of private investors that included the
directors, officers and 5% stockholders listed below. On August 4, 2000, we sold
526,315 shares of Series B preferred stock at a price of $9.50 per share to a
group of private investors that included the directors, officers and 5%
stockholders listed below. Upon completion of this offering, each outstanding
share of Series A and Series B preferred stock will automatically convert into
one share of common stock. Listed below are the directors, executive officers,
and stockholders who beneficially own 5% or more of our securities who
participated in these financings.

VALUE OF STOCK
AT INITIAL
SERIES A     SERIES B     AGGREGATE CASH       PUBLIC
PREFERRED    PREFERRED    CONSIDERATION    OFFERING PRICE
---------    ---------    --------------   --------------

Entities associated with U.S. Venture
Partners..................................  3,750,000     131,579       $2,750,000      $42,697,369
Telos Venture Partners, L.P.................  3,750,000          --        1,500,000       41,250,000
B.J. Cassin.................................    812,500          --          325,000        8,937,500
Donald L. Lucas.............................    187,500      47,368          524,996        2,583,548

U.S. Venture Partners IV, L.P., U.S.V.P. Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P.,
Second Ventures II, L.P. and 2180 Associates Fund are affiliated entities and
together are considered a greater than 5% stockholder. Lucio L. Lanza, one of
our directors, is a partner of U.S. Venture Partners. Mr. Lanza disclaims any
beneficial ownership of the securities held by those entities, except to the
extent of his proportional interest in the entities. This table also includes
62,500 shares that are held in the name of Cassin Family Partners, A California
Limited Partnership of which Mr. Cassin is a General Partner and 750,000 shares
held in the name of The Cassin Family Trust U/D/T dtd 1/31/96. Mr. Lucas is the
trustee of the Richard M. Lucas Foundation which holds 187,500 shares of Series
A preferred stock. Mr. Lucas disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares
except for 38,648 shares which the foundation has agreed to assign to him. This
table also includes 31,579 shares of Series B preferred stock held in the name
of Donald L. Lucas Profit Sharing Trust and 15,789 shares held in the name of
Teton Capital Company, which are beneficially owned by Mr. Lucas. Mr. Lucas
disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held in the name of Teton Capital
Company. The "Value of Stock at Initial Public Offering Price" column data is
calculated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per
share.

LOANS TO, AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS WITH, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

We have an early exercise provision under our 1996 Stock Option Plan and
1997 Stock Plan which allows our optionholders and holders of stock purchase
rights to purchase shares of stock underlying unvested options, subject to our
own repurchase right. In addition, we have an employee loan program which allows
employees to borrow the full exercise price of their options or stock purchase
rights from us by signing a full recourse promissory note bearing interest at
the applicable federal rate in the month of purchase. The following officers
have participated in the loan program:

- In connection with his purchase of 1,896,145 shares of common stock on
December 1, 1995, we loaned approximately $15,000 to Thomas Cobourn under
a four year, 5.83% promissory note. The term of this note was extended
for two years in 1999 at a rate of 5.62%. In connection with his purchase
of 40,000 shares of common stock on July 14, 2000, we loaned $80,000 to
Mr. Cobourn under a four year, 6.62% promissory note. These notes are
full recourse notes secured by pledges of the shares of common stock
purchased. At July 31, 2000 his indebtedness plus accrued interest
totaled approximately $100,000.

- In connection with his purchase of 2,472,775 shares of common stock on
December 1, 1995, we loaned approximately $20,000 to Kimon Michaels under
a four year, 5.83% promissory note. The term of this note was extended
for two years in 1999 at a rate of 5.93%. In connection with his

49

52

purchase of 60,000 shares of common stock on July 14, 2000, we loaned
$120,000 to Mr. Michaels under a four year, 6.62% promissory note. These
notes are full recourse notes secured by pledges of the shares of common
stock purchased. At July 31, 2000 his indebtedness plus accrued interest
totaled approximately $146,000.

- In connection with his purchase of 300,000 shares of common stock on
August 25, 1998, we loaned approximately $30,000 to P. Steven Melman
under a four year, 5.47% promissory note. In connection with his purchase
of 50,000 shares of common stock on July 14, 2000, we loaned $100,000 to
Mr. Melman under a four year, 6.62% promissory note. These notes are full
recourse notes secured by pledges of the shares of common stock
purchased. At July 31, 2000 his indebtedness plus accrued interest
totaled approximately $134,000.

- In connection with his purchase of 250,000 shares of common stock on
October 5, 1998, we loaned $25,000 to P.K. Mozumder under a four year,
5.47% promissory note. In connection with his purchase of 60,000 shares
of common stock on July 13, 2000, we loaned $120,000 to Mr. Mozumder
under a four year, 6.62% promissory note. These notes are full recourse
notes secured by pledges of the shares of common stock purchased. At July
31, 2000 his indebtedness plus accrued interest totaled approximately
$148,000.

- In connection with his purchase of 300,000 shares of common stock on
December 4, 1998 we loaned $75,000 to David A. Joseph under a four year,
4.46% promissory note. In connection with his purchase of 50,000 shares
on September 20, 1999 we loaned $12,500 to David Joseph under a four
year, 4.46% promissory note and in connection with his purchase of 80,000
shares of common stock on July 14, 2000, we loaned $160,000 to Mr. Joseph
under a four year, 6.62% promissory note. These notes are full recourse
notes secured by pledges of the shares of common stock purchased. At July
31, 2000 his indebtedness plus accrued interest totaled approximately
$254,000.

- In connection with his purchase of 175,000 shares of common stock on
February 24, 2000, we loaned approximately $61,000 to W. Steven Rowe
under a four year, 6.69% promissory note. This note is a full recourse
note secured by a pledge of the shares of common stock purchased. At July
31, 2000 his indebtedness plus accrued interest totaled approximately
$63,000.

- In connection with his purchase of 300,000 shares of common stock on July
14, 2000, we loaned $600,000 to John K. Kibarian under a four year, 6.62%
promissory note. This note is a full recourse note secured by pledges of
the shares of common stock purchased. At July 31, 2000 his indebtedness
plus accrued interest totaled approximately $602,000.

- In connection with his purchase of 40,000 shares of common stock on July
13, 2000, we loaned $80,000 to David Tarpley under a four year, 6.62%
promissory note. This note is a full recourse note secured by a pledge of
the shares of common stock purchased. As of July 31, 2000 his
indebtedness plus accrued interest totaled approximately $80,000.

OTHER TRANSACTIONS

We have granted options to some of our officers and directors. Please see
"Management -- Executive Compensation," "Management -- Director Compensation"
and "Principal Stockholders."

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive
officers and directors. Please see "Management -- Limitation of Liability and
Indemnification Matters."

Holders of preferred stock are entitled to registration rights with respect
to common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock.
Please see "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights."

We believe that all related-party transactions described above were made on
terms no less favorable to us than could have been otherwise obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.

50

53

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information known to us regarding beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of September 15, 2000 by:

- each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding common stock;

- each of our executive officers listed on the Summary Compensation Table
under "Management;"

- each of our directors; and

- all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or investment power with
respect to securities. All shares of common stock subject to options exercisable
within 60 days following September 15, 2000 are deemed to be outstanding and
beneficially owned by the persons holding those options for the purpose of
computing the number of shares beneficially owned and the percentage of
ownership of that person. They are not, however, deemed to be outstanding and
beneficially owned for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any
other person. Except as otherwise indicated the address for each person listed
as a director or officer is c/o PDF Solutions, Inc., 333 West San Carlos Street,
Suite 700, San Jose, CA 95110. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, each
person or entity has sole voting and investment power, or shares such powers
with his or her spouse, with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned.

Percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on
25,526,265 common stock outstanding as of September 15, 2000, after giving
effect to the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock. Percentage of
beneficial ownership after this offering is based on 29,526,265 shares of common
stock to be outstanding after completion of this offering, assuming no exercise
of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

51

54

PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
OUTSTANDING
NUMBER OF      ---------------------
SHARES       PRIOR TO      AFTER
BENEFICIALLY      THIS        THIS
BENEFICIAL OWNER                           OWNED        OFFERING    OFFERING
----------------                        ------------    --------    ---------

5% STOCKHOLDERS:
Funds affiliated with U.S. Venture Partners(1)..............    3,881,579       15.2%       12.7%
2180 Sand Hill Road
Suite 300
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Telos Venture Partners, L.P.(2).............................    3,750,000       14.7        12.3
2350 Mission College Boulevard
Suite 1070
Santa Clara, CA 95054
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS:
John K. Kibarian(3).........................................    4,173,635       16.2        13.5
Lucio L. Lanza(4)...........................................    3,881,579       15.2        12.7
2180 Sand Hill Road, Suite 300
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Kimon Michaels(5)...........................................    2,532,775        9.9         8.3
Thomas Cobourn(6)...........................................    1,936,145        7.6         6.3
B.J. Cassin(7)..............................................      812,500        3.2         2.7
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 3, Suite 210
Menlo Park, CA 94025
David A. Joseph(8)..........................................      430,000        1.7         1.4
David Tarpley(9)............................................      370,000        1.4         1.2
P. Steven Melman(10)........................................      350,000        1.4         1.1
P.K. Mozumder(11)...........................................      310,000        1.2         1.0
Donald L. Lucas(12).........................................      309,868        1.2         1.0
3000 Sand Hill Road
Building 3, Suite 210
Menlo Park, CA 94025
W. Steven Rowe(13)..........................................      175,000          *           *
All executive officers and directors as a group (11            15,281,502       58.4        49.0
persons)(14)..............................................

---------------
*  Less than 1%

(1) U.S. Venture Partners IV, L.P., U.S.V.P. Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P.,
Second Ventures II, L.P. and 2180 Associates Fund are affiliated entities
and together are considered a greater than 5% stockholder. The general
partner of each of these entities is Presidio Management Group IV, L.P., or
PMG. The general partners of PMG are William K. Bowes, Jr., Irwin Federman,
Steven M. Krausz and Philip M. Young. Each of these persons may be deemed
to share voting and dispositive control over the shares, but each disclaims
beneficial ownership therein except to the extent of their pecuniary
interest therein as a result of their respective interests in PMG. Lucio L.
Lanza, one of our directors, is a partner of U.S. Venture Partners. Mr.
Lanza disclaims any beneficial ownership of the securities held by those
entities, except to the extent of his proportional interest in the
entities.

(2) Voting and dispositive power over these shares is held by Telos Management
LLC which is the general partner of Telos Venture Partners, L.P. The
managing members of Telos Management LLC are Bruce Bourbon, Athanasios
Kalekos and Paul Asel. Mr. Bourbon votes the shares after consultation with
the other two managing members.

(3) Includes 5,000 shares each issued in the names of Johanna Aznif
Chilingarian, as custodian for Ani Maritsa Chilingarian under the
Massachusetts Uniform Transfers to Minors Act and Johanna Aznif

52

55

Chilingarian, as custodian for Berj Krikor Chilingarian under the
Massachusetts Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, each of whom are family
members of Mr. Kibarian. Mr. Kibarian disclaims beneficial ownership of
these shares. Includes 293,751 unvested shares subject to our right to
repurchase upon termination of employment.

(4) Includes 3,738,750 shares of Series A preferred stock held by U.S. Venture
Partners IV, L.P., U.S.V.P. Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P. , Second
Ventures II, L.P. and 2180 Associates Fund are all affiliates of U.S.
Venture Partners, of which Mr. Lanza is a partner. Mr. Lanza disclaims any
beneficial ownership of the securities held by those entities, except to
the extent of his proportional interest in the entities.

(5) Includes 57,501 unvested shares subject to our right to repurchase upon
termination of employment.

(6) Includes 38,334 unvested shares subject to our right to repurchase upon
termination of employment.

(7) Includes 62,500 shares held in the name of Cassin Family Partners, A
California Limited Partnership and 750,000 shares held in the name of The
Cassin Family Trust U/D/T dtd 1/31/96.

(8) Includes 290,418 unvested shares subject to our right to repurchase upon
termination of employment.

(9) Includes 8,000 shares each issued in the names of Scott David Tarpley,
Andrew Neil Tarpley and Jeffrey John Tarpley, each of whom is an adult
child of Mr. Tarpley. Mr. Tarpley disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares. Includes 55,268 unvested shares subject to our right to repurchase
upon termination of employment.

(10) Includes 200,002 unvested shares subject to our right to repurchase upon
termination of employment.

(11) Includes 174,585 unvested shares subject to our right to repurchase upon
termination of employment.

(12) Includes 187,500 shares held by the Richard M. Lucas Foundation of which
Mr. Lucas is a trustee. Mr. Lucas disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares except as to 38,648 shares which the foundation has agreed to assign
to him. Also includes 31,579 shares held in the name of the Donald L. Lucas
Profit Sharing Trust and 15,789 shares held in the name of Teton Capital
Company. Also includes 75,000 unvested shares subject to our right to
repurchase upon termination of service. Mr. Lucas disclaims beneficial
ownership of all shares held in the name of Teton Capital Company.

(13) Includes 175,000 unvested shares subject to our right to repurchase upon
termination of employment.

(14) Includes an aggregate of 1,359,859 unvested shares which are subject to our
right to repurchase upon termination of employment or service.

53

56

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be authorized to issue
75,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 5,000,000
shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. All
currently outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted into common
stock upon the closing of this offering.

COMMON STOCK

As of June 30, 2000, there were 24,348,194 shares of common stock
outstanding, as adjusted to give effect to issuance of 526,315 shares of Series
B preferred stock on August 4, 2000 and the automatic conversion of all
outstanding shares of preferred stock upon completion of this offering, held of
record by approximately 132 stockholders. Options and rights to purchase
1,236,744 shares of common stock were also outstanding. There will be 29,348,194
shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriter's
overallotment option or exercise of outstanding options under our stock option
plans after June 30, 2000, after giving effect to the sale of the shares in this
offering.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Subject to
preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders
of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be
declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that
purpose. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
winding, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets
remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights
of any outstanding preferred stock. The common stock has no preemptive or
conversion rights or other subscription rights. The outstanding shares of common
stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this
offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

Upon the closing of the offering, all outstanding shares of preferred stock
will be converted into 9,276,315 shares of common stock and automatically
retired. Thereafter, the board of directors will have the authority, without
further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, $0.0001 par value, in one or more series. The board of directors will
also have the authority to designate the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions of each such series, including dividend rights, dividend rates,
conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices,
liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series.

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change in control of us without further action by the
stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights
may also adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock. In
some circumstances, an issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of
decreasing the market price of the common stock. As of the closing of the
offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. We currently have no
plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

WARRANTS

At June 30, 2000, there were no warrants outstanding to purchase our common
or preferred stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The holders of 18,026,314 shares of common stock (assuming the conversion
of all outstanding preferred stock upon completion of this offering) or their
transferees are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of such
shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an
agreement between us and the holders of these securities. Subject to limitations
in the agreement, the holders of at least 50% of these securities then
outstanding may require, on two occasions beginning six months after the date of
this prospectus, that we use our best efforts to register these securities for
public

54

57

resale if Form S-3 is not available. If we register any of our common stock
either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the
holders of registrable securities are entitled to include their shares of common
stock in that registration. A holder's right to include shares in an
underwritten registration is subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit
the number of shares included in this and other offerings, and in the case of
our initial public offering, the underwriters may preclude any participation by
holders of registrable securities. The holders of at least 50% of these
securities then outstanding may also require us, not more than once in any
twelve-month period, to register all or a portion of these securities on Form
S-3 when the use of that form becomes available to us, provided, among other
limitations, that the proposed aggregate selling price, net of any underwriters'
discounts or commissions, is at least $1.0 million. We will be responsible for
paying all registration expenses, and the holders selling their shares will be
responsible for paying all selling expenses.

DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS

Provisions of Delaware law and our charter documents could make our
acquisition and the removal of incumbent officers and directors more difficult.
These provisions are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover
practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to
acquire control of us to negotiate with us first. We believe that the benefits
of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent
of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweighs
the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because, among other things,
negotiation of such proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware law. In
general, the statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from
engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a
period of three years after the date that the person became an interested
stockholder unless, subject to exceptions, the business combination or the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in
a prescribed manner. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger,
asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to
the stockholder. Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who,
together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior, did
own, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. These provisions may have
the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us
without further action by the stockholders.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that
stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders and may not be taken by written consent. The Bylaws provide that
special meetings of stockholders can be called only by the board of directors,
the chairman of the board, if any, the president and holders of 50% of the votes
entitled to be cast at a meeting. Moreover, the business permitted to be
conducted at any special meeting of stockholders is limited to the business
brought before the meeting by the board of directors, the chairman of the board,
if any, the president or any such 50% holder. The bylaws set forth an advance
notice procedure with regard to the nomination, other than by or at the
direction of the board of directors, of candidates for election as directors and
with regard to business to be brought before a meeting of stockholders.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Boston EquiServe.
The transfer agent's address is c/o Shareholder Services, 150 Royale Street,
Canton, MA 02021.

55

58

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock.
Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could
adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited
number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because
of certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale, sales of substantial
amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse
could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise
equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of the offering, we will have outstanding 29,348,194 shares
of common stock. Of these shares, the 5,000,000 shares sold in the offering,
plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option,
will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless
purchased by our "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, which generally includes officers, directors or 10%
stockholders.

The remaining 24,348,194 shares outstanding are "restricted securities"
within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These shares may be
sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption
from registration under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the
Securities Act, which are summarized below. Sales of these shares in the public
market, or the availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the
market price of the common stock.

Our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements generally providing
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose
of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common
stock, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into
swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any such
aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or
such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention
to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such
transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior
written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation for a period of 180
days after the date of this prospectus. As a result of these contractual
restrictions, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale under the
provisions of Rules 144, 144(k) and 701, shares subject to lock-up agreements
will not be salable until such agreements expire or are waived. Taking into
account the lock-up agreements, and assuming Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation does not release stockholders from these agreements, the following
shares will be eligible for sale in the public market at the following times:

- Beginning on the effective date of this prospectus, only the shares sold
in the offering will be immediately available for sale in the public
market.

- Beginning 180 days after the effective date, approximately 21,441,176
shares will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 701 and pursuant to
Rule 144.

- An additional 4,747,762 shares will be eligible for sale on various dates
following the 181st day after the effective date of this offering,
subject to compliance with the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701 or
pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8.

Outstanding options and rights to purchase an additional           shares
will be exercisable and eligible for sale on various dates following the 181st
day after the effective date of this offering.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, and beginning after the
expiration of the lock-up agreements, or 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, of a person who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at
least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number
of shares that does not exceed the greater of: (1) one percent of the number of
shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 293,482
shares immediately after the offering; or (2) the average weekly trading volume
of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale. Sales
under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice
requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to

56

59

have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale,
and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two
years, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of
sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

The holders of approximately 18,026,314 shares of our common stock or their
transferees are also entitled to rights with respect to registration of their
shares of common stock for offer or sale to the public. If the holders, by
exercising their registration rights, cause a large number of shares to be
registered and sold in the public market, the sales could have a material
adverse effect on the market price for our common stock.

As a result of the lock-up agreements, all of our employees holding common
stock or stock options may not sell shares acquired upon exercise until 180 days
after the effective date. Beginning 180 days after the effective date, any of
our employees, officers or directors or consultants who purchased shares
pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on
the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period
requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell
such shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding
period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

In addition, we intend to file registration statements under the Securities
Act as promptly as possible after the effective date to register shares to be
issued pursuant to our employee benefit plans. As a result, any options
exercised under any of our benefit plans after the effectiveness of such
registration statement will also be freely tradable in the public market, except
that shares held by affiliates will still be subject to the volume limitation,
manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 unless
otherwise resalable under Rule 701. As of June 30, 2000, there were outstanding
stock purchase rights and options for the purchase of 1,236,744 shares, of which
1,221,035 shares were exercisable. No shares have been issued to date under our
2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 2000 Stock Plan. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale," "Management -- Benefit Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock --
Registration Rights."

57

60

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting
agreement dated                     , 2000, we have agreed to sell to the
underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation,
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Dain Rauscher Incorporated are acting as
representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

NUMBER OF
SHARES
UNDERWRITER                           ---------

Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation......................
Lehman Brothers Inc. .......................................
Dain Rauscher Incorporated..................................

---------
Total.....................................................  5,000,000
=========

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to
purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased,
other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.
The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the
offering of common stock may be terminated.

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro
rata basis up to 750,000 additional shares from us at the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may
be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at
the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling
group members at that price less a concession of $     per share. The
underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $     per share
on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers may be changed by
the representatives.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we
will pay.

PER SHARE                           TOTAL
-------------------------------   -------------------------------
WITHOUT            WITH           WITHOUT            WITH
OVER-ALLOTMENT   OVER-ALLOTMENT   OVER-ALLOTMENT   OVER-ALLOTMENT
--------------   --------------   --------------   --------------

Underwriting discounts and commissions
paid
by us...................................     $                $                $                $
Expenses payable by us..................     $                $                $                $

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect discretionary
sales to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with a SEC a registration
statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock
or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of
our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer,
sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus.

Our officers, directors and some of our other stockholders have agreed that
they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter
into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into swap, hedge
or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether

58

61

any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common
stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the
intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into
any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case,
the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation for a period
of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering
price, up to 250,000 shares of common stock for employees, directors and some
other persons associated with us, who have expressed an interest in purchasing
common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the
general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent such persons
purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be
offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other
shares.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the
Securities Act, or contribute to payments which the underwriters may be required
to make in that respect.

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market's
National Market under the symbol "PDFS."

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation
between us and the underwriters and will not necessarily reflect the market
price of the common stock following the offering. The principal factors that
will be considered in determining the public offering price will include:

- the information in this prospectus and otherwise available to the
underwriters;

- market conditions for initial public offerings;

- the history and the prospects for the industry in which we will compete;

- the ability of our management;

- the prospects for our future earnings;

- the present state of our development and our current financial condition;

- the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common
stock of generally comparable companies; and

- the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this
offering.

We can offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will
correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public
market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the
common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing
transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and
penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934.

- Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security
so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

- Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of
the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which
creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a
covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short
position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not
greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the
over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares
involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment
option. The underwriters may close out any short position by either
exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the
open market.

59

62

- Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in
the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to
cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to
close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the
over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be
covered by the over-allotment option -- a naked short position -- that
position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A
naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are
concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares
in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors
who purchase in the offering.

- Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession
from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the
syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering
transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids
may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common
stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common
stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price
that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be
effected on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites
maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering.
The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for
sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters that will make internet distributions on the same
basis as other allocations.

60

63

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

RESALE RESTRICTIONS

The distribution of the common stock (the "Shares") in Canada is being made
only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare
and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each
province where trades of Shares are made. Any resale of the Shares in Canada
must be made under applicable securities laws, which will vary depending on the
relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available
statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the
applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to
seek legal advice prior to any resale of the Shares.

REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASERS

By purchasing Shares in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation, a
purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase
confirmation is received that:

- the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to
purchase the Shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under
those securities laws,

- where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and
not as agent, and

- the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

RIGHTS OF ACTION--ONTARIO PURCHASERS

The securities being offered are those of a foreign issuer and Ontario
purchasers will not receive the contractual right of action prescribed by
Ontario securities law. As a result, Ontario purchasers must rely on other
remedies that may be available, including common law rights of action for
damages or rescission or rights of action under the civil liability provisions
of the U.S. federal securities laws.

ENFORCEMENT OF LEGAL RIGHTS

All of the issuer's directors and officers as well as the experts named
herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible
for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon the
issuer or such persons. All or a substantial portion of the assets of the issuer
and such persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not
be possible to satisfy a judgment against the issuer or such persons in Canada
or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against such issuer or
persons outside of Canada.

NOTICE TO BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS

A purchaser of Shares to whom the Securities Act (British Columbia) applies
is advised that the purchaser is required to file with the British Columbia
Securities Commission a report within ten days of the sale of any Shares
acquired by the purchaser in this offering. The report must be in the form
attached to British Columbia Securities Commission Blanket Order BOR #95/17, a
copy of which may be obtained from us. Only one report must be filed for Shares
acquired on the same date and under the same prospectus exemption.

TAXATION AND ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT

Canadian purchasers of Shares should consult their own legal and tax
advisers with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the Shares in
their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the Shares for
investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

61

64

TAXATION AND ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT

Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax
advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common
stock in their particular circumstances and with respect to the eligibility of
the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian
legislation.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us
by Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, Menlo Park, California. Peter Cohn, a
partner of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, is our Secretary. The
underwriters are represented by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Palo Alto,
California. As of the completion of this offering, Orrick, Herrington &
Sutcliffe LLP and partners in that firm beneficially own an aggregate of 18,026
shares of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The Consolidated Financial Statements of PDF Solutions, Inc. as of December
31, 1999 and 1998, and for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1999, included in this prospectus and the related financial statement
schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports
appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and have been so
included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Applied Integrated Systems and Software
Entwicklungs-, Produktions-und Vertriebs GmbH ("AISS") as of December 31, 1999
and for the year ended December 31, 1999, included in this prospectus have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche GmbH Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft, independent
auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and have been so included
in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts
in accounting and auditing.

WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock
offered hereby. This prospectus is materially complete, although additional
information is set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules. For further information with respect to us and the common stock
offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the
exhibits and schedules. With respect to each such document filed as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more
complete description of the matter involved. The Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules may be inspected without charge at the public reference
facilities maintained by the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, and at the regional offices of the Commission located at Seven World
Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10048, and the Northwestern Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of
all or any part of the Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC's
offices upon payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. The SEC maintains a World
Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

62

65

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PAGE
----

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.:
Independent Auditors' Report..............................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and
1999 and June 30, 2000 (Unaudited).....................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the
Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1999 and
for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 2000
(Unaudited)............................................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Deficiency for
each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December
31, 1999 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2000
(Unaudited)............................................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the each of the
Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1999 and
for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 2000
(Unaudited)............................................   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................   F-7

APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GmbH:
Independent Auditors' Report..............................  F-22
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000
(Unaudited)............................................  F-23
Income Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 1999 and
for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1999 and 2000
(Unaudited)............................................  F-24
Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the
Year Ended December 31, 1999 and for the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2000 (Unaudited).......................  F-25
Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31,
1999 and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1999 and
2000 (Unaudited).......................................  F-26
Notes to Financial Statements.............................  F-27

PRO FORMA:
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of
Operations.............................................  F-33
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 1999...................  F-34
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2000.................  F-35
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of
Operations.............................................  F-36

F-1

66

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of PDF Solutions, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PDF
Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") as of December
31, 1998 and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders' deficiency, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1999. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 1998 and 1999,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
April 3, 2000
(April 27, 2000 as to the first paragraph of Note 2)

F-2

67

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31,                         PRO FORMA
-----------------------     JUNE 30,       JUNE 30,
1998         1999          2000           2000
----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
(UNAUDITED)
(NOTE 1)

ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents...........................  $2,155,384   $1,932,923   $  1,443,241
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $93,000 in
1998,
$144,000 in 1999, $153,000 in 2000...............   2,050,160    2,749,174      3,996,932
Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........     116,059       58,714        266,368
----------   ----------   ------------
Total current assets.............................   4,321,603    4,740,811      5,706,541
Property and equipment, net...........................     497,713      822,026      1,231,648
Intangible assets, net................................          --           --      2,014,053
Other assets..........................................      17,448       81,498        141,155
----------   ----------   ------------
Total assets.....................................  $4,836,764   $5,644,335   $  9,093,397
==========   ==========   ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIENCY)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable....................................  $  739,495   $  730,232   $  1,594,438
Accrued compensation and related benefits...........     375,882    1,152,956        997,570
Other accrued liabilities...........................     107,300      213,690        742,869
Taxes payable.......................................     117,325      130,000        118,580
Deferred revenues...................................     480,647      345,992        810,441
Notes payable.......................................          --           --        995,000
Current portion of capital lease obligations........          --       15,379         13,726
----------   ----------   ------------
Total current liabilities........................   1,820,649    2,588,249      5,272,624
----------   ----------   ------------
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations........          --       71,616         54,293
Deferred tax liability................................          --           --        689,273
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par
value, shares authorized, issued and outstanding:
8,750,000 in 1998, 1999 and 2000; none pro forma
(liquidation preference of $3,500,000)..............   3,496,558    3,496,558      3,496,558             --
Commitments (Note 4)
Shareholders' equity (deficiency):
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares
authorized; shares issued and outstanding
10,650,957 in 1998, 10,989,811 in 1999,
15,071,879 in 2000; 23,821,879 pro forma.........       1,065        1,099          1,507   $      2,382
Additional paid-in capital..........................     468,200      537,199     18,947,999     22,443,682
Deferred stock-based compensation...................     (74,974)     (43,406)   (14,448,804)   (14,448,804)
Notes receivable from shareholders..................    (237,761)    (225,261)    (2,321,007)    (2,321,007)
Accumulated deficit.................................    (636,973)    (781,719)    (2,602,393)    (2,602,393)
Cumulative other comprehensive income...............          --           --          3,347          3,347
----------   ----------   ------------   ------------
Total shareholders' equity (deficiency)..........    (480,443)    (512,088)      (419,351)  $  3,077,207
==========   ==========   ============   ============
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
(deficiency)...................................  $4,836,764   $5,644,335   $  9,093,397
==========   ==========   ============

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

68

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------   ------------------------
1997         1998         1999          1999         2000
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
(UNAUDITED)

Revenue:
Design-to-silicon yield
solutions......................  $2,620,694   $6,227,249   $10,566,597   $5,334,218   $ 5,967,816
Gain share........................          --           --     1,257,000           --     2,308,000
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Total revenue..................   2,620,694    6,227,249    11,823,597    5,334,218     8,275,816
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of design-to-silicon yield
solutions......................     595,329    1,532,620     4,090,649    1,822,353     2,904,980
Research and development..........   1,005,405    1,863,808     3,086,825    1,243,686     2,242,114
Selling, general and
administrative.................   1,404,133    2,959,504     4,294,521    2,201,669     3,024,722
Stock-based compensation
amortization*..................      13,677       61,317        68,282           --     1,692,971
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Total costs and expenses.......   3,018,544    6,417,249    11,540,277    5,267,708     9,864,787
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Income (loss) from operations.......    (397,850)    (190,000)      283,320       66,510    (1,588,971)
Interest income and other...........     138,692      127,598       105,021       51,397        41,321
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Income (loss) before taxes..........    (259,158)     (62,402)      388,341      117,907    (1,547,650)
Tax provision.......................       8,999      341,492       533,087      300,800       273,024
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Net loss............................  $ (268,157)  $ (403,894)  $  (144,746)  $ (182,893)  $(1,820,674)
==========   ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========
Net loss per share -- basic and
diluted...........................  $    (0.04)  $    (0.05)  $     (0.02)  $    (0.02)  $     (0.17)
==========   ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========
Shares used in computing basic and
diluted net loss per share (Note
1)................................   6,152,344    7,415,859     9,128,344    8,576,236    10,474,269
==========   ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========
Pro forma net loss per share --basic
and diluted (Note 1)..............                            $     (0.01)               $     (0.09)
===========                ===========
Shares used in computing pro forma
basic and diluted net loss per
share (Note 1)....................                             17,878,344                 19,224,269
===========                ===========
*Stock-based compensation
amortization:
Cost of design-to-silicon yield
solutions......................  $    4,103   $   18,395   $    20,485   $       --   $   295,404
Research and development..........       9,574       42,922        47,797           --     1,189,562
Selling, general and
administrative.................          --           --            --           --       208,005
----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
$   13,677   $   61,317   $    68,282   $       --   $ 1,692,971
==========   ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

69

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY

NOTES                      CUMULATIVE

COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL      DEFERRED      RECEIVABLE    ACCUMULATED       OTHER
-------------------     PAID-IN        STOCK           FROM        EARNINGS     COMPREHENSIVE
SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL     COMPENSATION   SHAREHOLDERS    (DEFICIT)       INCOME
----------   ------   -----------   ------------   ------------   -----------   -------------

Balances, January 1, 1997........   8,750,000   $ 875    $   116,430   $    (13,281)  $   (39,011)   $    35,078      $   --
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees, primarily
remeasurement..................                             37,003        (37,003)
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation.......                                            13,667
Net loss.........................                                                                       (268,157)
----------   ------   -----------   ------------   -----------    -----------      ------
Balances, December 31, 1997......   8,750,000     875        153,433        (36,617)      (39,011)      (233,079)         --
Exercise of options..............   1,900,957     190        215,093                     (198,750)
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees, primarily
remeasurement..................                             99,674        (99,674)
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation.......                                            61,317
Net loss.........................                                                                       (403,894)
----------   ------   -----------   ------------   -----------    -----------      ------
Balances, December 31, 1998......  10,650,957   1,065        468,200        (74,974)     (237,761)      (636,973)         --
Repayment of notes receivable
from shareholders..............                                                           6,772
Repurchase of common stock
through cancellation of note
receivable.....................    (182,292)    (18)       (18,210)                      18,228
Exercise of options..............     521,146      52         50,495                      (12,500)
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees, primarily
remeasurement..................                             36,714        (36,714)
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation.......                                            68,282
Net loss.........................                                                                       (144,746)
----------   ------   -----------   ------------   -----------    -----------      ------
Balances, December 31, 1999......  10,989,811   1,099        537,199        (43,406)     (225,261)      (781,719)         --
Repayment of notes receivable
from shareholders*.............                                                           1,624
Exercise of options*.............   3,832,069     383      2,302,456                   (2,097,370)
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees*.............                            203,390       (203,390)
Remeasurement of compensatory
stock arrangements for non-
employees*.....................                            504,571       (504,571)
Cancellation of unvested non-
employee options*..............                           (301,690)       301,690
Compensatory stock arrangements
for employees*.................                         15,692,098    (15,692,098)
Issuance of common stock upon
exercise of warrants*..........     249,999      25          9,975
Amortization of employee
stock-based compensation*......                                         1,285,835
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation*......                                           407,136
Net loss*........................                                                                     (1,820,674)
Cumulative translation
adjustment*....................                                                                                      3,347
Comprehensive loss*..............
----------   ------   -----------   ------------   -----------    -----------      ------
Balances, June 30, 2000*.........  15,071,879   $1,507   $18,947,999   $(14,448,804)  $(2,321,007)   $(2,602,393)     $3,347
==========   ======   ===========   ============   ===========    ===========      ======

TOTAL
-----------

Balances, January 1, 1997........  $   100,091
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees, primarily
remeasurement..................           --
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation.......       13,667
Net loss.........................     (268,157)
-----------
Balances, December 31, 1997......     (154,399)
Exercise of options..............       16,533
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees, primarily
remeasurement..................           --
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation.......       61,317
Net loss.........................     (403,894)
-----------
Balances, December 31, 1998......     (480,443)
Repayment of notes receivable
from shareholders..............        6,772
Repurchase of common stock
through cancellation of note
receivable.....................           --
Exercise of options..............       38,047
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees, primarily
remeasurement..................           --
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation.......       68,282
Net loss.........................     (144,746)
-----------
Balances, December 31, 1999......     (512,088)
Repayment of notes receivable
from shareholders*.............        1,624
Exercise of options*.............      205,469
Compensatory stock arrangements
for non-employees*.............           --
Remeasurement of compensatory
stock arrangements for non-
employees*.....................           --
Cancellation of unvested non-
employee options*..............           --
Compensatory stock arrangements
for employees*.................           --
Issuance of common stock upon
exercise of warrants*..........       10,000
Amortization of employee
stock-based compensation*......    1,285,835
Amortization of non-employee
stock-based compensation*......      407,136
Net loss*........................
Cumulative translation
adjustment*....................
Comprehensive loss*..............   (1,817,327)
-----------
Balances, June 30, 2000*.........  $  (419,351)
===========

---------------
* Unaudited

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

70

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED                    SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,                        JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------   ------------------------
1997          1998         1999         1999         2000
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
(UNAUDITED)

Operating activities:
Net loss...................................  $  (268,157)  $ (403,894)  $ (144,746)  $ (182,893)  $(1,820,674)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization...........      151,834      240,953      303,546      122,333       290,290
Stock-based compensation amortization...       13,667       61,317       68,282           --     1,692,971
Common stock issued for services........           --          625           --           --            --
Gain (loss) on the sale of property and
equipment.............................           --       16,902       (1,157)          --            --
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
of effect of acquisition:
Accounts receivable...................   (2,510,952)     578,254     (699,014)    (505,913)   (1,034,515)
Prepaid expenses and other assets.....      (22,997)     (93,295)      (6,705)      14,698       (68,687)
Accounts payable......................      220,611      502,020       (9,263)      67,181       824,236
Accrued compensation and related
benefits...........................      263,760       70,121      777,074      253,040      (155,386)
Other accrued liabilities and taxes
payable............................           --      224,625      119,065     (150,202)      (82,662)
Deferred revenues.....................    1,324,168     (985,372)    (134,655)     673,175       454,605
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities.............     (828,066)     212,256      272,427      291,419       100,178
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment........     (324,215)    (280,758)    (549,615)    (149,287)     (565,994)
Proceeds from sale of equipment............        3,689           --       12,926           --            --
Acquisition of AISS, net of cash
acquired................................           --           --           --           --      (225,330)
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Net cash used in investing
activities.......................     (320,526)    (280,758)    (536,689)    (149,287)     (791,324)
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Financing activities:
Exercise of stock options..................           --       15,908       38,047       78,928       215,469
Collection of notes receivable from
shareholders............................           --           --        6,772           --         1,624
Principal payments on capital lease
obligations.............................           --           --       (3,018)          --       (18,976)
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Net cash provided by financing
activities.......................           --       15,908       41,801       78,928       198,117
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash......           --           --           --           --         3,347
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents................................   (1,148,592)     (52,594)    (222,461)     221,060      (489,682)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
period.....................................    3,356,570    2,207,978    2,155,384    2,155,384     1,932,923
-----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.....  $ 2,207,978   $2,155,384   $1,932,923   $2,376,444   $ 1,443,241
===========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ===========
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Common stock issued for notes receivable...  $        --   $  198,750   $   12,500   $       --   $ 2,097,370
===========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ===========
Property acquired under capital lease......  $        --   $       --   $   90,013   $       --   $        --
===========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ===========
Acquisition of AISS........................  $        --   $       --   $       --   $       --   $   995,000
===========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
information --
Cash paid during the year for:
Taxes...................................  $     8,999   $  341,492   $  403,087   $  300,800   $   215,708
===========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ===========
Interest................................  $        --   $       --   $      677   $       --   $     2,735
===========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ===========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

71

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

1. BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PDF Solutions, Inc. (the "Company"), a California corporation, was
incorporated in November 1992 and provides comprehensive infrastructure
technologies and services to improve yield and optimize performance of
integrated circuits. The Company's approach includes manufacturing simulation
and analysis, combined with yield improvement methodologies to increase product
yield and performance.

Basis of Presentation -- The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after the elimination
of all significant intercompany balances and transactions.

Significant Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. A significant
portion of the Company's revenues require estimates in regards to total costs
which may be incurred and revenues earned. Actual results could differ from
these estimates.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties -- The Company operates in the
dynamic semiconductor and software industry, and accordingly, can be affected by
a variety of factors. For example, management of the Company believes that
changes in any of the following areas could have a significant negative effect
on the Company in terms of its future financial position, results of operations
and cash flows: ability to obtain additional financing; regulatory changes;
fundamental changes in the technology underlying software technologies; market
acceptance of the Company's solutions; development of sales channels; litigation
or other claims against the Company; the hiring, training and retention of key
employees; successful and timely completion of development efforts; and new
product introductions by competitors.

Concentration of Credit Risk -- Financial instruments that potentially
expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of
accounts receivable. The Company primarily sells its products to companies in
Japan and North America. The Company does not require collateral or other
security to support accounts receivable. To reduce credit risk, management
performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition. The
Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses.

Cash Equivalents -- The Company considers all highly liquid debt
instruments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable -- Accounts receivable include amounts that are
unbilled at the end of the period. Unbilled accounts receivable are determined
on an individual contract basis and were approximately $190,000, $0 and $541,000
at December 31, 1998, 1999 and June 30, 2000.

Property and equipment -- Property and equipment are stated at cost and are
depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the related asset. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Computer and equipment...........................      3 years
Software.........................................      3 years
Furniture and fixtures...........................  5 - 7 years

Intangible Assets -- Intangible assets are related to the business
acquisition discussed in Note 2. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line
basis over a period of four years.

F-7

72
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets -- In accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," the Company
evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to
result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its
carrying amount an impairment loss would be measured based on the discounted
cash flows compared to the carrying amount. No impairment charge has been
recorded in any of the periods presented.

Notes Receivable from Shareholders -- The notes receivable from
shareholders are full recourse notes issued in exchange for common stock. Notes
outstanding at December 31, 1999 bear interest at 4.46% to 5.83% per annum.
Notes outstanding at June 30, 2000 bear interest at 4.46% to 6.62% per annum.
The notes are generally payable over periods of two to four years.

Revenue Recognition -- The Company derives revenue from two sources:
design-to-silicon yield solutions and gain share. The Company recognizes
revenues in accordance with the provisions of American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants Statement of Position ("SOP") 97-2, Software Revenue
Recognition, as amended, and SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of
Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.

Design-to-Silicon Yield Solutions -- Design-to-silicon yield solutions
revenue is derived from solution implementations, software licenses and
software support and maintenance. Revenue under contracts for solution
implementation services is recognized as the services are performed using
the cost-to-cost percentage of completion method of contract accounting.
License fees bundled with solution implementation services are recognized
as a component of the overall solution implementation contract as the
services are essential to the functionality of the software. Such licenses
generally terminate at the completion of the implementation contract or may
represent multi-year time based licenses. Losses on solution implementation
contracts are recognized when determined. Revisions in profit estimates are
reflected in the period in which the conditions that require the revision
become known and are estimable. License fees bundled with support and
maintenance under subscription arrangements are recognized over the
subscription term as vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value does
not exist to allocate the fee between the license and the service elements.
License fees under contracts which are not subscriptions or bundled with
solution implementation services are recognized when an agreement has been
signed, the software has been delivered, the license fee is fixed or
determinable and collection of the fee is probable and vendor-specific
objective evidence of fair value exists to allocate a portion of the total
fee to any undelivered elements of the arrangement, or over the license
term. Support and maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term
of the support and maintenance contract generally one year. If support and
maintenance is included in an arrangement that includes a perpetual or
multi-year time based license agreement, amounts related to support and
maintenance are allocated based on vendor specific objective evidence,
generally negotiated renewal rates.

Gain Share -- Gain share revenue represents profit sharing and
performance incentives earned based upon its customer reaching certain
defined operational levels. Upon achieving such operational levels, the
Company receives either a fixed fee and/or royalties based on the units
sold by the customer. Due to the uncertainties surrounding attainment of
such operational levels, the Company recognizes gain share revenue (to the
extent of completion of the related solution implementation

F-8

73
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

contract) upon receipt of performance reports or other related information
from the customer supporting the determination of amounts and probability
of collection.

In October 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition. This statement provides guidance
on applying generally accepted accounting principles in recognizing revenue on
software transactions and superceded SOP 91-1, Software Revenue Recognition. SOP
97-2 was effective for transactions entered into in 1998. The adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.

Software Development Costs -- Costs for the development of new software
products and substantial enhancements to existing software products are expensed
as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, at which time
any additional costs would be capitalized in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 86, Computer Software to be Sold,
Leased or Otherwise Marketed. Because the Company believes its current process
for developing software is essentially completed concurrently with the
establishment of technological feasibility, no costs have been capitalized to
date.

Research and Development -- Research and development expenses are charged
to operations as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation -- The Company accounts for stock-based
compensation in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25 ("APB No. 25"), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and
complies with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123"). Deferred compensation recognized under APB
No. 25 is amortized to expense using the graded vesting method. The Company
accounts for stock options and warrants issued to non-employees in accordance
with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force No. 96-18
under the fair value based method.

Net Loss per Share -- Basic net loss per share excludes dilution and is
computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the period (excluding shares subject to repurchase). Diluted net
loss per share was the same as basic net loss per share for all periods
presented since the effect of any potentially dilutive securities is excluded as
they are anti-dilutive because of the Company's net losses.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share -- Pro forma basic and diluted net
loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding for the period (excluding shares subject to
repurchase) and the weighted average number of common shares resulting from the
assumed conversion of outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock
which will occur upon the closing of the planned initial public offering.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information -- Upon the closing of the planned initial
public offering, each of the outstanding shares of Series A convertible
preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock. The pro forma
balance sheet presents the Company's balance sheet as if this had occurred at
June 30, 2000.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information -- The interim financial
information as of June 30, 2000 and for the six months ended June 30, 1999 and
2000 is unaudited and has been prepared on the same basis as the audited
financial statements. In the opinion of management, such unaudited financial
information includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation

F-9

74
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

of the interim information. Operating results for the six months ended June 30,
2000 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
year ended December 31, 2000.

Foreign Currency Translation -- The functional currency of the Company's
foreign subsidiaries is the local currency for the respective subsidiary. The
assets and liabilities are translated at the period-end exchange rate, and
statements of operations are translated at the average exchange rate during the
year. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency translations are included
as a component of other comprehensive income.

Comprehensive Income -- Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, requires that an enterprise report, by
major components and as a single total, the change in its net assets during the
period from nonowner sources. For 1997, 1998 and 1999 comprehensive loss was
equal to net loss. Comprehensive loss for the six months ended June 30, 2000 is
presented within the statement of shareholders' deficiency.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards -- In June 1998, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement requires companies to record
derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities measured at fair
value. Gains or losses resulting from changes in the values of those derivatives
would be accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it
qualifies for hedge accounting. SFAS 133 will be effective for the Company's
fiscal year ending December 31, 2001. Management has not yet determined the
impact that the adoption of SFAS 133 will have on its earnings or financial
position.

2. BUSINESS COMBINATION

On April 27, 2000, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of AISS, a German company, for $1.25 million, consisting of $995,000 in notes
payable and $255,000 in cash. AISS develops software and provides yield
management services to the semiconductor industry. The note bears interest at 7%
per annum payable quarterly with principal due on April 27, 2001.

The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method and the
operating results of AISS have been included in the consolidated statements of
operations since the date of acquisition. The excess purchase price (including
costs of acquisition) over the fair value of the tangible assets and liabilities
assumed, based on preliminary estimates as of June 30, 2000, totaled $2,101,622
and represents acquired technology, employee workforce and goodwill which is
being amortized on a straight line basis over a period of four years.
Amortization expense totaled $87,569 for the six months ended June 30, 2000.

The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were as
follows (in thousands):

Cash................................................  $   30
Accounts receivable.................................     386
Other assets........................................      27
Property and equipment..............................      46
Intangible assets...................................   2,102
Accrued acquisition cost............................    (113)
Less liabilities assumed............................    (509)
Deferred tax liability..............................    (719)
------
$1,250
======

F-10

75
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

Had the acquisition taken place at the beginning of fiscal 1999 and 2000
respectively, the unaudited pro forma results of operations would have been as
follows for the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 2000 (in thousands, except
per share data):

1999        2000
------    -----------
(UNAUDITED)

Net revenues............................  $5,928      $ 8,598
Net loss................................    (285)      (1,887)
Net loss per share -- basic and
diluted...............................    (.03)       (0.18)

The pro forma results of operations give effect to certain adjustments,
including amortization of purchased intangibles and goodwill, interest charges
on the note issued in connection with the acquisition and the elimination of
sales between the Company and AISS.

The pro forma amounts are based on certain assumptions and estimates and do
not necessarily represent results which would have occurred if the acquisition
had taken place on the basis assumed above, nor are they indicative of results
of future combined operations.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of:

DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------     JUNE 30,
1998          1999          2000
---------    ----------    -----------
(UNAUDITED)

Computer equipment.............................  $ 621,459    $  884,276    $1,326,329
Software.......................................    236,934       355,687       452,652
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment.............    106,520       351,803       425,129
---------    ----------    ----------
964,913     1,591,766     2,204,110
Accumulated depreciation.......................   (467,200)     (769,740)     (972,462)
---------    ----------    ----------
$ 497,713    $  822,026    $1,231,648
=========    ==========    ==========

4. LEASE COMMITMENTS

Equipment with a net book value of $87,747 at December 31, 1999 (net of
accumulated amortization of $2,266) has been leased under capital leases which
expire in 2004. The Company leases administrative and sales offices and other
equipment under noncancelable operating leases which contain various renewal
options and require payment of common area costs, taxes and utilities, when
applicable. These operating leases expire from 2001 to 2004.

F-11

76
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

Future minimum lease payments under capital and noncancelable operating
leases at December 31, 1999 are as follows:

YEARS ENDING                          CAPITAL     OPERATING
DECEMBER 31,                           LEASES       LEASES
------------                          --------    ----------

2000.....................................................  $ 21,744    $  710,054
2001.....................................................    21,744       721,960
2002.....................................................    21,744       742,822
2003.....................................................    21,744       766,282
2004.....................................................    18,048       654,860
--------    ----------
Total future minimum lease payments.........................   105,024    $3,595,978
==========
Less amount representing interest (ranging from 7.32% to
9.25%)....................................................   (18,029)
--------
Present value of future minimum lease payments..............    86,995
Less current portion........................................   (15,379)
--------
$ 71,616
========

Rent expense was approximately $98,222, $220,226 and $379,364 in 1997, 1998
and 1999, respectively.

5. BANK OBLIGATIONS

At December 31, 1999, the Company had available term loan and revolving
credit commitments providing for borrowings of up to $3,500,000. The term loan
commitment provides financing of up to $500,000 for the purchase of equipment,
furniture and software, as defined, through June 30, 2000. Borrowings against
the term loan commitment bear interest at prime (8.25% at December 31, 1999)
plus 1% and are payable in monthly installments of 36 months, commencing January
1, 2000 for loans made through December 31, 1999, or 30 months, commencing July
1, 2000 for loans made during the six months ended June 30, 2000. The remaining
$3,000,000 is available as follows: $500,000 Domestic Asset Based Line of Credit
Commitment and $2,500,000 Foreign Asset Based Line of Credit Commitment for
which advances are limited, respectively, to 75% of domestic and 90% of foreign
accounts receivable, as defined. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at prime
(8.25% at December 31, 1999) plus 0.75%. Borrowings under these arrangements are
secured by all personal property of the Company. In addition, the agreements
require the Company to comply with certain financial covenants. At December 31,
1999 and June 30, 2000, there were no borrowings outstanding under the
agreements.

6. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Convertible Preferred Stock -- The Company had 8,750,000 shares of Series A
convertible preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 1998, 1999 and June 30,
2000. The significant terms of the Series A convertible preferred stock are as
follows:

- Each share is convertible into one share of common stock (subject to
adjustment for events of dilution).

- Each share will automatically convert in the event of a public offering
in which the Company receives proceeds equal to or greater than
$7,500,000 and a price per share equal to or greater than $2.00.

F-12

77
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

- Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock has voting rights
equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which it is
convertible.

- In the event of liquidation or winding up of the Company, the holders of
Series A convertible preferred stock shall receive $0.40 per share plus
all accrued but unpaid dividends. A sale of substantially all of the
Company's assets or a change in control is treated as a deemed
liquidation.

- In the event the Board of Directors declares dividends payable on the
then outstanding common stock, the holders of Series A preferred stock
shall receive $0.02 per share. The right to such dividends are not
cumulative.

- The Series A convertible preferred stock shareholders, voting separately
as a class, shall elect two members of the Board of Directors.
Additionally, the holders of common stock and Series A preferred stock
voting collectively as a class shall elect one member of the Board of
Directors.

7. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock -- Common stock issued to the founders and certain other
employees are subject to repurchase agreements whereby the Company has the
option to repurchase the unvested shares upon termination of employment at the
original issue price. The Company's repurchase right generally lapses over four
years. At December 31, 1999, 941,062 shares of common stock were subject to
repurchase by the Company.

During 1998, the Company issued 6,250 shares of common stock to consultants
for services rendered. The fair value of the common stock of $625, based on the
then fair market value of common stock of $0.10 per share, was recognized as
general and administrative expense at the date of issuance.

The Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows at
December 31, 1999:

Conversion of preferred stock............................   8,750,000
Issuance and exercise of options.........................   2,179,385
Exercise of warrants.....................................     300,000
----------
11,229,385
==========

Stock Plans -- At December 31, 1999, under the Company's 1996 and 1997
Stock Plans ("the Plans"), the Company may grant options to purchase up to
4,500,000 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants at
prices not less than the fair market value at the date of grant for incentive
stock options and not less than 85% of fair market value for nonstatutory stock
options. These options generally expire ten years from the date of grant and
become exercisable ratably over a four-year period. Certain option grants
provide for the immediate exercise by the optionee with the resulting shares
issued subject to a right of repurchase by the Company which lapses based on the
original vesting provisions. At December 31, 1999, 78,330 shares were available
for future grant under the Plans.

In January 2000, the shareholders approved that the number of shares of the
Company's common stock reserved for issuance under the Plans be increased by
2,500,000 shares to an aggregate number of shares of the Company's common stock
reserved for issuance under the Plans of 7,000,000 shares.

At December 31, 1998 and 1999 and June 30, 2000, the Company's outstanding
options include 101,490, 101,490 and 731,490 shares, respectively, which had
been granted outside of the Plans.

F-13

78
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

Additional information with respect to options under the Plans, including
options granted outside the Plans, is as follows:

WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
NUMBER OF     OPTION PRICE
OPTIONS       PER SHARE
----------    ------------

Outstanding, January 1, 1997 (63,435 shares vested and
exercisable at a weighted exercise price of $0.02 per
share)....................................................   1,054,235       $0.04
Granted (weighted average fair value of $0.01 per share)....     783,750        0.04
Exercised...................................................          --          --
Canceled....................................................    (300,000)       0.04
----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1997 (399,736 shares vested and
exercisable at a weighted exercise price of $0.04 per
share)....................................................   1,537,985        0.04
Granted (weighted average fair value of $0.03 per share)....   2,498,450        0.13
Exercised...................................................  (1,900,957)       0.11
Canceled....................................................     (97,793)       0.04
----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1998 (613,022 shares vested and
exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $0.04
per share)................................................   2,037,685        0.08
Granted (weighted average fair value of $0.07 per share)....     746,500        0.25
Exercised...................................................    (521,146)       0.10
Canceled....................................................    (161,984)       0.11
----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1999 (782,187 shares vested and
exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $0.09
per share)................................................   2,101,055        0.14
Granted (weighted average fair value of $5.34 per share)....   3,300,590        1.21
Exercised...................................................  (3,832,069)       0.60
Canceled....................................................    (332,832)       0.21
----------
Outstanding, June 30, 2000 (128,552 shares vested and
exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $0.07
per share)................................................   1,236,744       $1.53
==========

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of December 31,
1999 is as follows:

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING         OPTIONS
--------------------------   EXERCISABLE
WEIGHTED     -----------
AVERAGE        NUMBER
REMAINING       VESTED
EXERCISE       NUMBER      CONTRACTUAL        AND
PRICES      OUTSTANDING   LIFE (YEARS)   EXERCISABLE
--------     -----------   ------------   -----------

$0.04          712,355         6.6         469,014
0.10          596,500         8.3         255,832
0.25          789,700         8.3          56,841
0.35            2,500        10.0             500
---------                     -------
$0.04 - 0.35    2,101,055         7.8         782,187
=========                     =======

F-14

79
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123), requires the disclosure of pro forma net
loss as if the Company had adopted the fair value method. Under SFAS 123, the
fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated through the use of
option pricing models, even though such models were developed to estimate the
fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting
restrictions, which significantly differ from the Company's stock option awards.
These models also require subjective assumptions, including expected time to
exercise, which affect the calculated values.

The weighted average fair value of the Company's stock-based awards to
employees was estimated using the minimum value method and assuming no dividends
will be declared and the following additional assumptions:

DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1997    1998    1999
----    ----    ----

Estimated life (in years)...................................  5.5     5.5     5.5
Risk-free interest rate.....................................  6.0%    5.6%    6.0%

For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value of the Company's
stock-based awards to employees is amortized using the straight-line method over
the options' vesting period. The Company's pro forma results are as follows (in
thousands):

DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1997      1998      1999
------    ------    ------

Net loss:
As reported............................................  $ (268)   $ (404)   $ (145)
Pro forma..............................................    (281)     (448)     (198)
Basic and diluted net loss per share:
As reported............................................  $(0.04)   $(0.05)   $(0.02)
Pro forma..............................................   (0.05)    (0.06)    (0.02)

Stock-Based Compensation

Through December 31, 1999, non-employee options and warrants were valued or
revalued, respectively, using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following
weighted average assumptions; contractual life of 10 years; risk free interest
rates ranging from 4.6% to 6%; volatility of 40% or 50% and no dividends during
the expected term. Non-employee options and warrants during the six months ended
June 30, 2000 were valued or revalued, respectively, using the Black-Scholes
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: contractual life
of 10 years; risk free interest rates of 6.7%; volatility of 70% and no
dividends during the expected term. The value of deferred stock-based
compensation related to unvested awards at June 30, 2000 is subject to
adjustment based upon the future value of the Company's common stock.

COMMON STOCK OPTIONS

During the year ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, and the six months
ended June 30, 2000 the Company granted nonstatutory options to consultants and
advisory board members ("non-employees") to purchase 112,500, 41,200, 7,500 and
42,300 shares, respectively. These options had weighted average exercise prices
of $0.04 per share, $0.10 per share, $0.26 per share and $1.00 per share,
respectively, and

F-15

80
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

vesting periods, which approximated the period of service, of immediate to five
years. These options were originally valued at $3,107, $2,554, $1,537 and
$203,390, respectively. The values attributable to these options have been
amortized over the service period on a graded vesting method and the vested
portion of these options were remeasured at each vesting date. No options
related to non-employees were cancelled for the periods ended December 31, 1997,
1998 and 1999. For the six months ended June 30, 2000, 175,940 non-employee
options were cancelled.

During 1998, the Company sold 400,000 shares of common stock to a
consultant at $0.10 per share. The Company retained the right to repurchase the
shares at the original issue price in the event of termination of service. Such
repurchase right lapsed over a period of four years. The Company recorded
additional stock-based compensation expense over the service period for the
difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the Company's common
stock on the date the repurchase right lapsed. During 1999, the Company
terminated its remaining repurchase rights and recorded non-employee stock-
based compensation of $57,500 with respect to such shares.

During the six months ended June 30, 2000, the Company issued 3,258,290
common stock options to employees at a weighted average exercise price of $1.21
per share. The weighted average exercise price was below the weighted average
deemed fair value of $6.03 per share. The cumulative deferred stock-based
compensation with respect to these grants totaled $15,692,098 and is being
amortized to expense on a graded vesting method over the four year vesting
period of the options through June 2004.

COMMON STOCK WARRANTS

During 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of the
Company's common stock at $0.04 per share to acquire software from AISS. The
warrants were originally valued at $8,286. The value attributable to these
warrants has been amortized over the vesting period of four years, which
approximated the useful life of the software, and the vested portion of this
warrant was remeasured at each vesting date. In connection with the acquisition
of AISS on April 27, 2000, warrants to purchase 50,001 shares were cancelled. No
warrants were outstanding at June 30, 2000.

Amortization of employee and non-employee stock-based compensation totaled
$13,677, $61,317, $68,282 and $1,692,971 in 1997, 1998, 1999 and for the six
months ended June 30, 2000, respectively.

Unvested non-employee options and warrants, including non-employee shares
subject to repurchase, are as follows as of:

UNVESTED OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
-----------------------------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE
NUMBER         PER SHARE
--------    -----------------

December 31, 1997..........................................  485,704           $0.04
December 31, 1998..........................................  386,543           $0.04
December 31, 1999..........................................  254,074           $0.04
June 30, 2000..............................................   13,958           $0.04

F-16

81
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

8. NET LOSS PER SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used
in computing basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands):

SIX MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             ENDED JUNE 30,
-----------------------------    --------------------------
1997       1998       1999         1999           2000
-------    -------    -------    -----------    -----------
(UNAUDITED)

Net loss (numerator), basic and diluted.........  $  (268)   $  (404)   $  (145)     $  (183)       $(1,821)
=======    =======    =======      =======        =======
Shares (denominator):
Weighted average common shares outstanding....    8,750      9,333     10,843       10,775         12,187
Weighted average common shares outstanding
subject to repurchase.......................   (2,598)    (1,917)    (1,715)      (2,199)        (1,713)
-------    -------    -------      -------        -------
Shares used in computation, basic and diluted...    6,152      7,416      9,128        8,576         10,474
=======    =======    =======      =======        =======
Net loss per share -- basic and diluted.........  $ (0.04)   $ (0.05)   $ (0.02)     $ (0.02)       $ (0.17)
=======    =======    =======      =======        =======
Shares used in computation -- basic and
diluted.......................................                          9,128                      10,474
Weighted average Series A convertible preferred
stock outstanding.............................                          8,750                       8,750
-------                     -------
Shares used in computing pro forma per share
amounts on an as converted basis -- basic and
diluted.......................................                         17,878                      19,224
=======                     =======
Pro forma net loss per share on an as converted
basis -- basic and diluted....................                        $ (0.01)                    $ (0.09)
=======                     =======

Pro forma net loss per share assumes that the conversion of all shares of
Series A convertible preferred stock into common stock, which occurs upon the
consummation of an initial public offering.

For the above mentioned periods, the Company had securities outstanding
which could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future, but were
excluded in the computation of diluted net loss per share in the periods
presented, as their effect would have been antidilutive. Such outstanding
securities consist of the following (in thousands):

SIX MONTHS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,     ENDED JUNE 30,
--------------------------    --------------
1997      1998      1999     1999     2000
------    ------    ------    -----    -----
(UNAUDITED)

Convertible preferred stock........................  8,750     8,750     8,750     8,750    8,750
Shares of common stock subject to repurchase.......  2,598     1,917     1,715     2,199    1,635
Outstanding options................................    400       613       782       643      129
Warrants...........................................     94       169       244       206       --

9. TAX PROVISION

The tax provision in 1997, 1998 and 1999 was $8,999, $341,492, $533,087,
respectively, and primarily represents withholding tax on revenues from foreign
customers. The tax provision for the six months ended June 30, 2000 of $273,024
includes withholding tax on revenues from foreign customers of $180,000, foreign
and U.S. income tax of $42,024 and $51,000, respectively.

F-17

82
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

During fiscal 1997, 1998, and 1999 all income (loss) before taxes was
derived from U.S. operations. In the period ended June 30, 2000, income (loss)
before taxes was $(1,685,000) and $137,000 from U.S. and foreign operations,
respectively.

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as net operating
loss and tax credit carryforwards.

The components of the net deferred tax liability is comprised of (in
thousands):

DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------     JUNE 30,
1997     1998     1999        2000
-----    -----    -----    -----------
(UNAUDITED)

Net operating loss carryforward.......................  $ 307    $ 172    $  38      $    --
Research and development credit carryforward..........     --       35       --           89
Foreign tax credit carryforward.......................     25      365      765        1,068
Accruals deductible in different periods..............   (275)    (152)    (129)         156
Valuation allowances..................................    (57)    (420)    (674)      (1,313)
Intangible assets.....................................     --       --       --         (689)
-----    -----    -----      -------
$  --    $  --    $  --      $  (689)
=====    =====    =====      =======

The Company has established a valuation allowance against certain deferred
tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.
Annually, management evaluates the recoverability of the deferred tax assets and
the level of the valuation allowance. At such time as it is determined that it
is more likely than not that deferred tax assets are realizable the valuation
allowance will be reduced.

The amount of income tax recorded differs from the amount using the
statutory federal income tax rate for the following reasons:

DECEMBER 31,
--------------------     JUNE 30,
1997    1998    1999       2000
----    ----    ----    -----------
(UNAUDITED)

Federal statutory tax benefit............................  $(90)   $(22)   $136       $(542)
State tax expense........................................     1       1       3           1
Stock compensation expense...............................    --      --      --         592
Meals and entertainment..................................     6       8       2           2
Tax credits..............................................    --     (35)     --        (274)
Foreign tax, net.........................................    --      --     130        (104)
Valuation allowances.....................................    85     363     254         639
Other....................................................     7      26       8         (41)
----    ----    ----       -----
Total....................................................  $  9    $341    $533       $ 273
====    ====    ====       =====

At December 31, 1999, the Company has net operating loss (NOL)
carryforwards of approximately $87,000 and $118,000 for federal and state income
tax purposes, respectively. The federal NOL carryforwards expire through 2012,
while the state NOL carryforwards expire through 2002.

At December 31, 1999, the Company also has foreign tax credit carryforwards
of approximately $765,000 available to offset future federal income taxes,
respectively. The federal credit carryforward begins to expire in 2001.

F-18

83
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

The extent to which the loss and credit carryforwards can be used to offset
future taxable income and tax liabilities, respectively, may be limited,
depending on the extent of ownership changes within any three-year period as
provided in the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and the California Conformity Act of
1987.

10. CUSTOMER AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company operates in one segment. The Company had net revenues from
individual customers in excess of 10% of net revenues, as follows:

SIX MONTHS
YEARS ENDED            ENDED
DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
--------------------    ------------
CUSTOMER                        1997    1998    1999    1999    2000
--------                        ----    ----    ----    ----    ----
(UNAUDITED)

A...............................................    70%      66%     53%     49%     34%
B...............................................    --       16%     19%     36%     --
C...............................................    --       --      15%     --      34%
D...............................................    --       --      --      --      15%
E...............................................    --       --      --      --      11%
F...............................................    20%      --      --      --      --

The Company had accounts receivable from individual customers in excess of
10% of gross accounts receivable as follows:

DECEMBER 31,
------------      JUNE 30,
CUSTOMER                           1998    1999        2000
--------                           ----    ----    ------------
(UNAUDITED)

A.........................................................   63%     47%         43%
C.........................................................   --      15%         20%
D.........................................................   --      23%         18%
E.........................................................   --      --          18%
F.........................................................   20%     --          --
G.........................................................   --      11%         --

Revenues from customers by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):

YEARS ENDED             SIX MONTHS
DECEMBER 31,          ENDED JUNE 30,
------------------------    --------------
1997     1998      1999     1999     2000
-----    -----    ------    -----    -----
(UNAUDITED)

Japan.....................................  1,827    5,125    10,684    4,914    5,630
United States.............................    794    1,102     1,140      421    2,495
Europe....................................     --       --        --       --      151

The Company's long-lived assets were located primarily in North America as
of December 31, 1998 and 1999. As of June 30, 2000, long-lived assets related to
AISS totaling $2,014,053 (see Note 2), reside in Germany. The majority of the
Company's remaining long-lived assets reside in the United States.

F-19

84
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

During 1999, the Company established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan,
whereby eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their eligible
compensation with a maximum amount subject to IRS guidelines in any calendar
year. Company contributions are discretionary; no such Company contributions
have been made since inception of this plan.

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

In July 2000, the shareholders approved an amendment to its Stock Plans to
provide that the number of shares of the Company's common stock reserved for
issuance under the 1996 and 1997 Plans be increased to an aggregate of 1,097,551
shares and 8,402,449 shares, respectively.

On August 4, 2000, the Company issued 526,315 shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock at $9.50 per share, resulting in net proceeds of
approximately $4,960,000. The terms of the Series B convertible preferred stock
provide for voting and conversion rights similar to the Series A convertible
preferred stock and will automatically convert to common stock in the event of a
public offering in which the Company receives proceeds equal to or greater than
$7.5 million and a price per share equal to or greater than $9.50.

Had the sale issuance and conversion (which will occur upon the closing of
the planned initial public offering) of the Series B preferred stock taken place
at the beginning of fiscal 1999 and 2000, respectively, basic and diluted pro
forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 1999 and the six months
ended June 30, 2000 would have been ($0.01) and ($0.09), respectively.

On August 7, 2000, the Board of Directors approved, subject to shareholder
approval, the following actions to occur concurrently with the effectiveness of
the Company's planned initial public offering:

- Reincorporation of the Company in the State of Delaware and the increase
in the number of authorized shares of common stock and preferred stock
($0.0001 par value) to 75,000,000 and 5,000,000 respectively.

- Termination of the 1996 and 1997 Stock Option Plans as to future option
grants.

- Adoption of the 2000 Stock Plan -- 3,000,000 shares of common stock were
reserved for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan. On January 1 of each year,
starting with the year 2001, the number of shares in the reserve will
automatically increase by 5% of the total number of shares of common stock that
are outstanding at that time.

- Adoption of the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan -- Under the purchase
plan, eligible employees are allowed to have salary withholdings of up to 10% of
their compensation to purchase shares of common stock at a price equal to 85% of
the lower of the market value of the stock on the first date immediately before
the first day of the applicable offering period or the fair market value on the
purchase date. The initial offering period commences upon the effective date for
the initial public offering of the Company's common stock. For the first
offering period, shares of common stock may be purchased at a price equal to 85%
of the lower of the price per share in the initial public offering or the market
value on the purchase date. The Company has initially reserved 300,000 shares of
common stock under this plan, plus an annual increase to be added each January
beginning with the year 2001 equal to the lesser of (i) 675,000 shares, or (ii)
2% of the shares of common stock outstanding at that time.

F-20

85
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999 AND
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 2000 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

During the period from July 1, 2000 through September 8, 2000, the Company
issued 563,000 and 20,000 common stock options to employees and non-employees
respectively. The Company recorded cumulative deferred stock-based compensation
with respect to the employee grants of $2.8 million. The non-employee grants
were valued at approximately $169,000 using the Black-Scholes pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions: contractual life of 10 years; risk
free interest rates of 6.7%, volatility of 70% and no dividends during the
expected term.

*  *  *  *  *

F-21

86

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Applied Integrated Systems & Software Entwicklungs-, Produktions- und Vertriebs
GmbH:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Applied Integrated
Systems & Software Entwicklungs-, Produktions- und Vertriebs GmbH as of December
31, 1999, and the related statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 1999. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Applied Integrated Systems & Software
Entwicklungs-, Produktions- und Vertriebs GmbH as of December 31, 1999, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE GMBH
/s/ Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft

Munich, Germany
July 26, 2000

F-22

87

APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
1999           2000
------------    -----------
(UNAUDITED)

ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash......................................................  DM  377,539     DM   11,858
Accounts receivable.......................................      331,700         763,830
Prepaid expenses..........................................        1,421              --
Other assets..............................................       21,065          18,801
Current deferred taxes....................................       72,129          74,729
-----------     -----------
Total current assets...................................      803,854         869,218
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures, net.....................      102,389         106,280
Intangible assets, net......................................       14,053          12,391
Other assets................................................       18,144              --
-----------     -----------
Total assets...........................................  DM  938,440     DM  987,889
===========     ===========

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

Current liabilities:
Short term portion of long term borrowings................  DM   14,069     DM   14,294
Bank overdraft............................................           --         415,741
Accounts payable..........................................      118,654         111,726
Accrued taxes.............................................        8,154          92,350
Deferred revenue..........................................       10,000          12,000
Accrued expenses and other liabilities....................      433,455         423,740
-----------     -----------
Total current liabilities..............................      584,332       1,069,851
Long term borrowings........................................       33,620          29,961
Deferred tax liability......................................       31,154          21,432
Shareholders' equity (deficiency):
Registered capital........................................       51,000          51,000
Less: subscribed capital..................................      (25,500)        (25,500)
-----------     -----------
Registered capital -- paid in.............................       25,500          25,500
Retained earnings (distributions to shareholders in excess
of earnings to date)...................................      263,834        (158,855)
-----------     -----------
Total shareholders' equity (deficiency)................      289,334        (133,355)
-----------     -----------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
(deficiency).........................................  DM  938,440     DM  987,889
===========     ===========

See notes to financial statements.

F-23

88

APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

INCOME STATEMENTS

THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED            MARCH 31,
DECEMBER 31,    -----------------------
1999           1999         2000
------------    ----------    ---------
(UNAUDITED)

Revenues:
Services.......................................  DM1,914,145     DM 378,322    DM461,922
License........................................      837,962        440,424      125,815
-----------     ----------    ---------
2,752,107        818,746      587,737
-----------     ----------    ---------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of services...............................    1,056,259        249,408      283,616
Research and development expenses..............      510,768         66,659       35,155
Sales and marketing expenses...................      325,487         78,458       45,087
General and administrative expenses............      576,654        126,692      131,575
-----------     ----------    ---------
Total costs and expenses....................    2,469,168        521,217      495,433
-----------     ----------    ---------
Operating income.................................      282,939        297,529       92,304
Other income.....................................          775             --        1,096
Interest income..................................        4,430            474        1,725
Interest expenses................................       (8,087)          (562)      (6,839)
-----------     ----------    ---------
Income before income taxes.......................      280,057        297,441       88,286
Provision for income taxes.......................      (97,877)      (161,902)     (42,395)
-----------     ----------    ---------
Net income.......................................  DM  182,180     DM 135,539    DM 45,891
===========     ==========    =========

See notes to financial statements.

F-24

89

APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

RETAINED            TOTAL
REGISTERED CAPITAL -     ADDITIONAL        EARNINGS        SHAREHOLDERS
PAID IN          PAID IN CAPITAL   (DEFICIENCY)   EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
--------------------   ---------------   ------------   -------------------

Balance, January 1, 1999...........        DM25,500            DM     --       DM 201,654        DM 227,154
Net income and total comprehensive
income...........................                                               182,180           182,180
Distributions......................                                              (120,000)         (120,000)
--------            ---------       ----------        ----------
Balance, December 31, 1999.........          25,500                   --          263,834           289,334
Net income and total comprehensive
income*..........................                                                45,891            45,891
Additional paid in capital
resulting from sale of PDF shares
to shareholders*.................                               70,753                             70,753
Distributions*.....................                              (70,753)        (468,580)         (539,333)
--------            ---------       ----------        ----------
Balance, March 31, 2000*...........        DM25,500            DM     --       DM(158,855)       DM(133,355)
========            =========       ==========        ==========

---------------

* Unaudited

See notes to financial statements.

F-25

90

APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED            MARCH 31,
DECEMBER 31,    ------------------------
1999           1999          2000
------------    ----------    ----------
(UNAUDITED)

Operating activities:
Net income.....................................   DM 182,180     DM 135,539    DM  45,891
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization...............      140,206         20,237        23,645
Deferred income taxes.......................      (47,839)       (13,137)       (2,600)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable.......................     (211,151)      (399,522)     (432,130)
Prepaid expenses and other assets.........       25,798       (111,210)        3,685
Accounts payable..........................       31,793         11,024        (6,929)
Other accrued liabilities and income taxes
payable................................      (48,606)        24,309        (2,504)
Deferred revenues.........................        3,800          1,000         2,000
----------     ----------    ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities.....................................       76,181       (331,760)     (368,942)
----------     ----------    ----------
Investing activities:
Equipment additions............................     (178,473)      (115,598)      (25,874)
Payment to exercise warrants...................                                   (20,320)
----------     ----------    ----------
Net cash used in investing activities............     (178,473)      (115,598)      (46,194)
----------     ----------    ----------
Financing activities:
Shareholder distributions......................     (120,000)                    (539,333)
Proceeds from borrowings.......................       59,900         59,900
Repayments of borrowings.......................      (12,211)        (2,233)       (3,434)
Proceeds from sale of PDF stock to
shareholders................................                                   176,481
Bank overdraft.................................                        (270)      415,741
----------     ----------    ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.....................................      (72,311)        57,397        49,455
----------     ----------    ----------
Net decrease in cash.............................     (174,603)      (389,961)     (365,681)
Cash at beginning of period......................      552,142        552,142       377,539
----------     ----------    ----------
Cash at end of period............................   DM 377,539     DM 162,181    DM  11,858
==========     ==========    ==========
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash payments for interest.....................   DM   8,086     DM     562    DM   6,839
Cash payments for income taxes.................      148,954         27,590        37,238

See notes to financial statements.

F-26

91

APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1: NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

THE COMPANY

Applied Integrated Systems and Software Entwicklungs-, Produktions- und
Vertriebs GmbH (the "Company" or "AISS") was founded on February 24, 1989 and
develops software tools for the semiconductor industry.

UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The interim financial information as of March 31, 2000 and for the three
months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 is unaudited and has been prepared on the
same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management,
such unaudited financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only
of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the
interim information. The operating results for the three months ended March 31,
2000 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
full fiscal year.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP")
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Despite
management's best effort to establish good faith estimates and assumptions,
actual results could differ from those estimates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue from services, primarily consulting and research and development
arrangements, is recognized as the related services are performed. Software
license and maintenance revenue is recognized in accordance with the provisions
of Statement of Position No. 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition." License fees
are recognized when an agreement has been signed, the software has been
delivered, the license fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the fee is
probable and vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value exists to allocate
a portion of the total fee to any undelivered elements of the arrangement, or
over the license term. Maintenance obligations generally call for the Company to
provide technical support and software updates to customers. Maintenance to be
provided within one year included in an initial license fee is recognized
together with the license fee and the estimated cost of providing such service
is accrued. Revenue under other maintenance contracts is deferred and recognized
ratably over the term of the maintenance contract, which is generally one year.

COST OF SERVICES

Cost of professional services and maintenance consists primarily of
salaries and benefits, including cost of services provided by third party
consultants engaged by the Company.

CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The Company operates in the software industry and can be affected by a
variety of factors. For example, management of the Company believes that changes
in any of the following areas could have a significant negative effect on the
Company in terms of its future financial position, results of operations

F-27

92
APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

and cash flows: ability to obtain additional financing; regulatory changes;
fundamental changes in the technology underlying software products; market
acceptance of the Company's products under development; development of sales
channels; litigation or other claims against the Company; the hiring, training
and retention of key employees; successful and timely completion of product
development efforts; and new product introductions by competitors.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of account receivables. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amount of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
borrowings approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these
instruments. The fair value of the warrants as of December 31, 1999 was
approximately DM170,000.

EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE AND FIXTURES

Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives (three to ten years) of the related assets.

OTHER ASSETS

Long-term assets include warrants for the purchase of 300,000 shares of PDF
Solutions, Inc. ("PDF") common stock at DM 0.06 per share. These warrants were
obtained from PDF in an agreement dated September 17, 1996 related to the use of
one of the Company's software products. The warrants vested 25% after one year
and at a rate of one forty-eighth per month thereafter. The value of the
warrants was recorded as license revenue of DM 18,144 which approximated the
estimated fair value of the warrants at the date of issuance under the
Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: contractual life of
10 years; risk-free interest rate of 6.0%; volatility of 50% and no dividends
during the expected term. The vested warrants at December 31, 1999 totaled
243,750 shares which increased to 249,999 in January 2000. In January 2000, the
Company exercised the vested warrants (see Note 5). In connection with the
acquisition of the Company by PDF on April 27, 2000 (see Note 9), the Company
agreed to the cancellation of the remaining 50,001 warrants, of which 18,750 had
vested through the date of acquisition.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The cost of
developing new software products and enhancements are expensed as research and
development costs as incurred because the Company believes that establishment of
technological feasibility occurs concurrently with the date of general release
of related products.

F-28

93
APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets represent internal use software and are recorded at cost
and are amortized over periods ranging from three to five years. Accumulated
amortization was approximately DM19,186 at December 31, 1999.

INCOME TAXES

The Company provides for deferred income taxes resulting from temporary
differences between the valuation of assets and liabilities in the financial
statements and the carrying amounts for tax purposes. Such differences are
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
differences are expected to reverse.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company is organized as a GmbH and has no tradable shares. Earnings per
share has not been calculated.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," requires that an enterprise
report, by major components and as a single total, the change in its net assets
during the period from nonowner sources. Comprehensive income was equal to net
income for all periods presented.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of," the Company evaluates its long-lived assets for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. No impairment charge has
been recorded in any of the periods presented.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The Statement
establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative
instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability
measured at its fair value. The Statement requires that changes in the
derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific
hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges
allows a derivative's gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged
item in the income statement, and requires that a company must formally
document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive
hedge accounting. SFAS 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June
15, 2000 and must be applied to instruments issued, acquired or substantively
modified after December 31, 1997. The Company does not expect the adoption of
the accounting pronouncement to have a material effect on its financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-29

94
APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2: EQUIPMENT, FURNITURE AND FIXTURES

Equipment, furniture and fixtures at December 31 consist of:

Equipment, furniture and fixtures......................  DM 309,065
Accumulated depreciation...............................    (206,676)
----------
DM 102,389
==========

NOTE 3: BORROWINGS

The Company has a DM 150,000, secured line of credit with a bank.
Borrowings under the line of credit are for working capital requirements and
other general corporate purposes and bear an interest rate of 9.5 percent. The
credit agreement is secured by the shareholders of the Company. At December 31,
1999, the Company did not have any amounts outstanding under the agreement.

The Company borrowed DM 59,900 at approximately 6.4 percent in January 1999
to finance the acquisition of an automobile. The term of the financing was for a
term of approximately four years. The required reductions in principle in the
next three years are as follows:

2000.............................................  DM14,069
2001.............................................    14,994
2002.............................................    18,626
--------
DM47,689
========

NOTE 4: ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities at December 31, 1999 consisted of
the following:

Accrued compensation and related benefits...............  DM362,428
Warranty................................................     50,400
Other...................................................     20,627
---------
DM433,455
=========

NOTE 5: SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

The registered capital of the Company amounted to DM 51,000 as of December
31, 1999, of which DM 25,500 has been paid in by the company's shareholders.

On January 4, 2000, the Company exercised the warrants for shares in PDF
Solutions Inc. that were issued on September 17, 1996. At the date the warrants
were exercised, the Company paid DM 20,320 for the 249,999 shares. The
shareholders of the Company then purchased these warrants from the Company for
DM 176,408. The after tax gain related to this related party transaction was
recorded as a contribution to additional paid in capital. The additional paid in
capital was repaid to the shareholders in March 2000.

F-30

95
APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE 6: INCOME TAXES

Federal corporation income tax is levied at 40 percent and a solidarity
surcharge is levied on the federal corporate tax rate. The solidarity tax rate
was 5.50 percent in 1999. Upon distribution of retained earnings to
shareholders, the corporation tax rate on the distributed earnings is reduced to
30 percent.

German trade income tax is levied at a rate of approximately 19.7 percent.
This tax can be deducted from the corporation tax.

The significant components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31,
1999 which reflect the tax effects of the Company's temporary differences are as
follows:

NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS -- CURRENT:
Vacation accrual............................................  DM38,102
Warranty accrual............................................    27,004
Deferred revenue............................................     5,358
Other.......................................................     1,665
--------
72,129
--------
NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY -- NON-CURRENT:
Capital expenditures reserve................................    21,432
Warrants....................................................     9,722
--------
31,154
--------
Net deferred tax asset......................................  DM40,975
========

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

Current.........................................  DM145,716
Deferred........................................    (47,839)
---------
DM 97,877
=========

The provision for income taxes differs from the amounts computed by
applying the Federal corporation income tax rate to income before income taxes,
as follows:

Amounts computed by applying Federal statutory rate......  DM112,023    40.0%
Trade tax, net of Federal income taxes...................     31,870    11.4%
Solidarity tax...........................................      3,733     1.3%
Credit for dividend distribution.........................    (49,792)  (17.8)%
Other....................................................         43      --
---------   -----
DM 97,877    34.9%
=========   =====

F-31

96
APPLIED INTEGRATED SYSTEMS AND SOFTWARE GMBH
ENTWICKLUNGS-, PRODUKTIONS- UND VERTRIEBS GMBH

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
(INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE 7: OPERATING LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable
operating lease arrangements. Rent expense is reflected on a straight-line basis
over the term of the lease. Future minimum rental payments at December 31, 1999
under these leases, which expire in the first quarter of 2002, are as follows:

2000............................................  DM112,000
2001............................................    112,000
2002............................................     10,000
---------
Total.................................  DM234,000
=========

Total rent expense under all operating leases was approximately DM 91,560
for the year ended December 31, 1999.

NOTE 8: BUSINESS SEGMENT

The Company operates in one industry segment consisting of developing,
distribution, and maintenance for software, computer hardware and technical
supply. The company's operations are primarily in Germany.

The following customers, a German electronics company and PDF Solutions,
Inc., accounted for 53% and 33% of the net revenues of the Company in 1999,
respectively.

NOTE 9: SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On April 27, 2000, the Company was acquired by PDF Solutions Inc., a U.S.
company, for approximately DM 2,647,375 (US$1,250,000). PDF Solutions provides
comprehensive infrastructure technologies and services to improve yield and
optimize performance of integrated circuits.

F-32

97

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

On April 27, 2000, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock
of Applied Integrated Systems and Software GmbH ("AISS"), a German company, for
$1.25 million, consisting of $995,000 in notes payable and $255,000 in cash.
AISS develops software and provides yield management services to the
semiconductor industry. The acquisition is accounted for using the purchase
method and the Company's consolidated financial statements reflect the results
of operations of AISS from the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price
was allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their fair value
at date of acquisition. The total consideration (including costs of acquisition)
exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and liabilities assumed, based
on preliminary estimates as of June 30, 2000, by $2.1 million, which was
allocated to acquired technology, employee workforce and goodwill being
amortized over a period of four years.

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are
presented in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations
give effect to the acquisition of AISS as if it had occurred on January 1, 1999,
by consolidating the results of operations of AISS with PDF for the year ended
December 31, 1999 and the six months ended June 30, 2000.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated information is presented for
illustrative purposes only, and is not necessarily indicative of the operating
results or financial position that would have occurred if the transaction had
been consummated at the dates indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of
future operating results or the financial position of the combined companies.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements of the Company and AISS.

F-33

98

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

PRO FORMA
PDF         AISS(1)      ADJUSTMENTS    NOTES     PRO FORMA
-----------    ----------    -----------    -----    -----------

Revenue:
Design-to-silicon yield
solutions..................  $10,566,597    $1,498,993    $ (486,097)    (2)      $11,579,493
Gain share....................    1,257,000            --            --                1,257,000
-----------    ----------    ----------              -----------
Total revenue..............   11,823,597     1,498,993      (486,097)              12,836,493
-----------    ----------    ----------              -----------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of design-to-silicon
yield solutions............    4,090,649       575,314      (262,492)    (2)        4,403,471
Research and development......    3,086,825       278,201      (223,605)    (2)        3,141,421
Selling, general and
administrative.............    4,294,521       491,370       525,406     (3)        5,311,297
Stock-based compensation
amortization...............       68,282            --            --                   68,282
-----------    ----------    ----------              -----------
Total costs and expenses...   11,540,277     1,344,885        39,309               12,924,471
-----------    ----------    ----------              -----------
Income (loss) from operations...      283,320       154,108      (525,406)                 (87,978)
Interest income and other.......      105,021        (1,570)      (69,650)    (4)           33,801
-----------    ----------    ----------              -----------
Income (loss) before taxes......      388,341       152,538      (595,056)                 (54,177)
Tax provision (benefit).........      533,087        53,311      (179,812)    (5)          406,586
-----------    ----------    ----------              -----------
Net income (loss)...............  $  (144,746)   $   99,227    $ (415,244)             $  (460,763)
===========    ==========    ==========              ===========
Pro forma net loss per
share -- basic and diluted....  $     (0.02)                                         $     (0.05)
===========                                          ===========
Shares used in computing pro
forma basic diluted net loss
per share.....................    9,128,344                                            9,128,344
===========                                          ===========

See notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

F-34

99

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2000

PDF               AISS(1)
SIX MONTHS ENDED    JANUARY 1, 2000     PRO FORMA             PRO FORMA
JUNE 30, 2000     TO APRIL 27, 2000   ADJUSTMENTS   NOTES   ADJUSTMENT
----------------   -----------------   -----------   -----   -----------

Revenue:
Design-to-silicon yield
solutions.....................    $ 5,967,816          $481,508        $ (159,465)    (2)    $ 6,289,859
Gain share.......................      2,308,000                --                --              2,308,000
-----------          --------        ----------            -----------
Total revenue.................      8,275,816           481,508          (159,465)             8,597,859
-----------          --------        ----------            -----------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of design-to-silicon yield
solutions.....................      2,904,980           205,930           (76,543)    (2)      3,034,367
Research and development.........      2,242,114            44,457           (82,922)    (2)      2,203,649
Selling, general and
administrative................      3,024,722           128,288           175,135     (3)      3,328,145
Stock-based compensation
amortization..................      1,692,971                --                --              1,692,971
-----------          --------        ----------            -----------
Total costs and expenses......      9,864,787           378,675            15,670             10,259,132
-----------          --------        ----------            -----------
Income (loss) from operations......     (1,588,971)          102,833          (175,135)            (1,661,273)
Interest income and other..........         41,321              (331)          (23,216)    (4)         17,774
-----------          --------        ----------            -----------
Income (loss) before taxes.........     (1,547,650)          102,502          (198,351)            (1,643,499)
Tax provision (benefit)............        273,024            29,969           (59,936)    (5)        243,057
-----------          --------        ----------            -----------
Net income (loss)..................    $(1,820,674)         $ 72,533        $ (138,415)           $(1,886,556)
===========          ========        ==========            ===========
Pro forma net loss per
share -- basic and diluted.......    $     (0.17)                                               $     (0.18)
===========                                                ===========
Shares used in computing pro forma
basic and diluted loss per
share............................     10,474,269                                                 10,474,269
===========                                                ===========

See notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

F-35

100

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

The following pro forma adjustments have been made to the unaudited pro
forma consolidated statements of operations:

1. Amount translated from DM to US dollars using average annual exchange
rates of DM1.836/$ and DM1.998/$ for the year ended December 31, 1999
and the six months ended June 30, 2000, respectively.

2. Reflects the elimination of sales representing research and development
services performed by AISS for the Company.

3. Reflects the amortization of intangible assets totaling $2.1 million
based on preliminary estimates as of June 30, 2000 resulting from the
acquisition on a straight line basis over four years.

4. Reflects interest charges on the notes payable issued in connection with
the acquisition at the stated interest rate of 7%.

5. Reflects the reduction of the deferred tax liability recorded in
connection with the acquisition of AISS.

*  *  *  *

F-36

101

[PDF Solutions, Inc. Logo]

[COLOR ARTWORK]

[The artwork depicts a graphic list of our offerings.]

102

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the
sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC
registration fee and the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing
fee.

AMOUNT
TO BE PAID
----------

SEC registration fee........................................   $19,800
NASD filing fee.............................................     8,000
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..........................     *
Printing and engraving expenses.............................     *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................     *
Accounting fees and expenses................................     *
Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses....................     *
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees...........................     *
Miscellaneous fees and expenses.............................     *
-------
Total.....................................................     *
=======

---------------
* to be filed by amendment

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law")
authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant,
indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such
indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including
reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"). Article IV of our Certificate of
Incorporation (Exhibit 3.2 hereto) and Article VI of our Bylaws (Exhibit 3.3
hereto) provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and
other agents to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware Law. In addition, we
have entered into Indemnification Agreements (Exhibit 10.1 hereto) with our
officers and directors. The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) also provides
for cross-indemnification among us and the Underwriters with respect to certain
matters, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Since November, 1995 we have sold and issued the following securities:

1. On December 4, 1995, we issued 8,750,000 shares of Series A preferred
stock to investors for an aggregate cash consideration of $0.40 per share or
$3,500,000.

2. On August 4, 2000, we issued 526,315 shares of Series B preferred stock
to investors for an aggregate cash consideration of $9.50 per share or
$5,000,000.

3. From inception through June 30, 2000, we have issued warrants to
purchase 249,999 shares of common stock at a price of $0.04 per share. These
warrants have been exercised and no warrants remain outstanding.

4. From our inception through June 30, 2000, we have issued 8,383,525
options and rights to purchase common stock of PDF with a weighted average
exercise price of $0.55 per share to a number of our employees, and directors
and consultants.

II-1

103

The issuances of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from
registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) or Regulation
D, or other applicable exemption of such Securities Act as transactions by an
issuer not involving any public offering. In addition, certain issuances
described in Item 2 were deemed exempt from registration under the Securities
Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The
recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intentions
to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale
in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed
to the share certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. All
recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to
information about us.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

See exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index following the signature page of
this Form S-1, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2

104

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of San Jose, State of
California on October 11, 2000

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

By: /s/ P. STEVEN MELMAN
------------------------------------
P. Steven Melman
Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President, Finance and
Administration

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:

SIGNATURE                                   TITLE                         DATE
---------                                   -----                         ----

/s/ JOHN K. KIBARIAN*                 Director, President and Chief       October 11, 2000
---------------------------------------------     Executive Officer (Principal
John K. Kibarian                         Executive Officer)

/s/ P. STEVEN MELMAN                Chief Financial Officer and Vice      October 11, 2000
---------------------------------------------        President, Finance and
P. Steven Melman                 Administration (Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)

/s/ B.J. CASSIN*                              Director                  October 11, 2000
---------------------------------------------
B.J. Cassin

/s/ LUCIO L. LANZA*                            Director                  October 11, 2000
---------------------------------------------
Lucio L. Lanza

/s/ DONALD L. LUCAS*                            Director                  October 11, 2000
---------------------------------------------
Donald L. Lucas

/s/ KIMON MICHAELS*                            Director                  October 11, 2000
---------------------------------------------
Kimon Michaels

*By: /s/ P. STEVEN MELMAN
---------------------------------------
P. Steven Melman
Attorney-In-Fact

II-3

105

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
PDF Solutions, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of PDF Solutions,
Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") as of December 31, 1998
and 1999, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999,
and have issued our report thereon dated April 3, 2000 (April 27, 2000 as to the
first paragraph of Note 2); such consolidated financial statements and report
are included elsewhere in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1. Our
audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule of PDF
Solutions, Inc, listed in Item 16(b). This consolidated financial statement
schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such consolidated
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the
information set forth therein.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
April 3, 2000

106

SCHEDULE II
PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO     DEDUCTIONS/     BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF    COSTS AND     WRITE-OFFS OF      END OF
DATE:                         PERIOD        EXPENSES       ACCOUNTS         PERIOD
-----                      ------------    ----------    -------------    ----------

Allowance for doubtful accounts
June 30, 2000..............................    $144,000       $ 9,000           $--          $153,000
December 31, 1999..........................    $ 93,000       $51,000           $--          $144,000
December 31, 1998..........................    $ 53,000       $40,000           $--          $ 93,000
December 31, 1997..........................    $  2,000       $51,000           $--          $ 53,000

107

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION
-------                           -----------

1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement (subject to negotiation).*
3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PDF
Solutions, Inc.**
3.2      Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
PDF Solutions, Inc. (proposed).**
3.3      Amended and Restated Bylaws of PDF Solutions, Inc.**
3.4      Amended and Restated Bylaws of PDF Solutions, Inc.
(proposed).**
4.1      Specimen Stock Certificate.*
4.2      First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated August 4,
2000.**
5.1      Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP regarding the
legality of the common stock being registered.*
10.1      Integration Technology Agreement between PDF Solutions, Inc.
and Philips Semiconductor.+**
10.2      Integration Technology Agreement between PDF Solutions, Inc.
and Conexant Systems, Inc.+**
10.3      Yield Improvement Consulting Agreement between PDF
Solutions, Inc. and Toshiba Corporation.+**
10.4      Yield Improvement Consulting Agreement between PDF
Solutions, Inc. and Philips Semiconductor.+**
10.5      Yield Improvement Agreement between PDF Solutions, Inc. and
SONY Corporation.+**
10.6      Technology Cooperation Agreement between PDF Solutions, Inc.
and Toshiba Corporation.+**
10.7      Form of Indemnification Agreement between PDF Solutions,
Inc. and each of its Officers and Directors.**
10.8      1996 Stock Option Plan and related agreements.**
10.9      1997 Stock Plan and related agreements.**
10.10     2000 Stock Plan and related agreements.**
10.11     2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.**
10.12     Lease Agreement between PDF Solutions, Inc. and Metropolitan
Life Insurance Company dated April 1, 1996.**
10.13     Credit Agreements between PDF Solutions, Inc. and Imperial
Bank dated July 6, 1999 and August 12, 1999.**
10.14     Offer letter to P. Steven Melman dated July 9, 1998.**
10.15     Integration Technology Agreement between PDF Solutions, Inc.
and Matsushita Electronics Corporation.+
10.16     Software OEM License Agreement between PDF Solutions, Inc.
and Cadence Design Systems, Inc.+
21.1      List of Subsidiaries.**
23.1      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2      Consent of Deloitte & Touche GmbH.
23.3      Consent of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (part of
Exhibit 5.1).*
24.1      Power of Attorney (see page II-3).**

---------------
*  To be supplied by amendment.

** Previously filed with Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File
No. 333-43192) on August 7, 2000.

+  Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this Exhibit.

1

EXHIBIT 10.15

INTEGRATION TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT

THIS INTEGRATION TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT ("this Agreement") is made and
entered into as of ********** (the "EFFECTIVE DATE") by and between
Semiconductor Company of Matsushita Electronics Corporation, a Japanese
corporation ("CUSTOMER") and PDF Solutions, Inc., a California corporation ("PDF
SOLUTIONS").

TERM AND CONTACTS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Customer: Semiconductor Company,            Contact: **********
Matsushita Electronics Corporation

Address:  **********                        Phone:  **********

**********                        Fax:    **********

Website: http://www.**********              E-Mail: **********

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Term: This agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on
**********, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Sections 1.2 or 1.3.

All notices, correspondence and invoices
pertaining to this Agreement shall be
sent to the persons and addresses listed,
or such other address as the applicable
party designates by giving written notice:

To Customer:
To PDF Solutions:
Matsushita Electronics Corporation **,
********************                        PDF Solutions, Inc.
********************                        333 West San Carlos Street
Suite 700
Phone:  **********                          San Jose, CA 95110
Fax:    **********                          Attn:     Chief Financial Officer
Tel:      (408) 938-6445
Fax:      (408) 938-6478

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute
and deliver this Agreement, which consists of this cover page, the attached
Terms and Conditions and any attached executed exhibits.

CUSTOMER                                    PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.
Matsushita Electronics Corporation
-----------------------------------

Signed: /s/ Seiji Ueda                     Signed: /s/ John K. Kibarian
----------------------------                -----------------------------

Printed: Seiji Ueda                        Printed: John K. Kibarian
---------------------------                 ----------------------------

TITLE:  Director                           TITLE:  President & CEO
-----------------------------               ------------------------------

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

2

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

INTEGRATION TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT

RECITALS

A. PDF Solutions possesses technology and expertise useful in
discovering, analyzing, and fixing problems in the design and manufacturing
processes that cause low yields of useable integrated circuits.

B. Customer desires to engage PDF Solutions and receive a license to
certain technology useful to analyze its internal integrated circuit
manufacturing process, identify problems therewith, and recommend solutions
thereto, by way of methodology or otherwise, upon the terms and conditions
contained herein.

C. PDF Solutions desires to be so engaged upon the terms and conditions
contained herein.

DEFINITIONS

"Analysis" refers to all interpretations, recommendations, extractions,
statistical models or other yield and performance models developed by PDF
Solutions and derived in whole or in part from Customer's Raw Data; provided,
however, that Analysis does not include any information sufficiently detailed
that Raw Data could be feasibly re-constructed.

"Characterization Vehicle" or "CV" refers to the parameterized layout structures
or circuit elements, specific implementations of said structures or circuit
elements either in computer format or layout format (for example, GDS-II files),
and images of said structures or circuit elements, historically or hereafter
created or customized by PDF Solutions for the purposes of creating a test
vehicle used to characterize any given manufacturing process. Manufacturing
Designs are usually referenced in the process of generating CVs for the purposes
of optimizing or tuning the vehicle to the targeted designs and process. The CV
is used to create a Mask Set which is used by the fabrication facility to
generate test wafers.

"Developed Technology" refers to all methodologies, techniques, designs, problem
solving processes and practices developed by jointly by the parties in the
course of the performance of this Agreement.

"Manufacturing Designs" refers to all non-public information relating to
*****************

"Mask Set" refers to translucent glass plates used as a light filter to transfer
designs onto a wafer.

"Modified Standard Process of Customer" means the standard process of Customer
for comparison purpose which will be obtained by Customer as the result of
successful completion of this project under the Agreement."

"Permitted Field of Use" means the field of use described in Exhibit "A".

"Proprietary Rights" shall mean all intellectual property rights including, but
not limited to, patents, patent applications, copyrights, copyright
registrations, moral rights, mask work rights, rights of authorship, industrial
design rights, trademarks, tradenames, know-how and trade secrets, irrespective
of whether such rights arise under U.S. or worldwide intellectual property,
unfair competition or trade secret laws.

"PDF Technology" refers to (a) all the methodologies, techniques, software,
designs, CVs, CV layout, Design of Experiments used in creating CV layout,
problem solving processes and practices developed and utilized by PDF Solutions
(i) prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement or (ii) during the term hereof
independently of this Agreement and (b) ***********

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

2

3

***

"Raw Data" shall mean the data generated by PDF Solutions using the CV in
conjunction with Customer's Manufacturing Design.

"R&D Team" means those employees of Customer and employees of the ********
(****) who provide research and development work with respect to Customers IC
products in the pre-qualification effort or have a need to know with regards to
the development work of the pre-qualification effort.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises herein
contained, the above recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Customer and PDF
Solutions, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. TERM AND TERMINATION

1.1 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall
expire as described in the attached cover sheet.

1.2 Termination for Cause. This Agreement may be terminated upon thirty
(30) days prior written notice by either party if the other party materially
breaches or fails to perform any material obligations hereunder and the
breaching party fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of such
written notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the cure period for any failure
of Customer to pay Fees and Reimbursements due hereunder shall be ten (10) days
from the date of receipt by Customer of any notice of breach relating thereto.
In the event of a termination under this Section 1.2, Customer shall pay PDF
Solutions all Fixed Fees incurred through the effective date of such
termination, all Reimbursements incurred through the effective date of such
termination and, if PDF Solutions shall so terminate this Agreement, all
Incentive Fees that would otherwise have been earned had this Agreement not been
terminated shall be paid after such termination in accordance with the time
schedule and milestone objectives in Exhibit B.

1.3 Survival of Provisions. Any and all obligations and duties which
have accrued hereunder upon such termination shall survive the termination and
remain obligations and duties of the burdened party. Additionally, Sections 3
(Payment for Services and Technology) as modified by this Section 1, 4
(Proprietary Rights), 5 (Confidentiality), 6 (Representations and Warranties), 7
(Indemnity), 8 (Limitation of Liability), 9 (Export Controls) and 10
(Miscellaneous) shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this
Agreement and remain binding upon the parties hereto; provided that in the event
of any termination of this Agreement by PDF Solutions pursuant to Section 1.3,
any and all rights and licenses granted by PDF Solutions to Customer hereunder
shall terminate effective upon such termination.

SECTION 2. DELIVERY OF SERVICES

2.1 Scope of Services. During the term of this Agreement, PDF Solutions
shall furnish the PDF technology and related services (the "SERVICES AND
TECHNOLOGY") described in detail in EXHIBIT "A" attached hereto (the "SCOPE OF
SERVICES AND TECHNOLOGY"). The manner and means used by PDF Solutions to provide
the Services and Technology are in the control of PDF Solutions but shall at all
times be satisfactory to Customer.

2.2 Standard for Performance. PDF Solutions shall perform and deliver
the Services and Technology under this Agreement in accordance with the
standards and practices of care consistent with the quality of services PDF
Solutions performs for its other similarly situated clients. PDF Solutions at
all times shall

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

3

4

provide such number of qualified and skilled personnel to perform and deliver
the Services and Technology in accordance with the quality standards, time
frames and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. PDF Solutions shall
utilize and comply with the relevant portions of any regulatory standards
applicable to the provision of the Services and Technology. PDF Solutions shall
promptly repair or replace at its own expense all damages, scars or
disfigurements to any materials or property that is part of, or contained in,
Customer's work site that are the result of the negligence of personnel employed
by PDF Solutions.

2.3 Customer Assistance. Subject to Section 5 (Confidentiality),
Customer will provide PDF Solutions with such information, materials, technology
and Proprietary Rights as PDF Solutions shall reasonably require in order to
perform and deliver the Services and Technology as specified in the Scope of
Services and Technology.

2.4 Mutual Cooperation; Schedule. Customer and PDF Solutions agree to
cooperate in good faith to achieve completion of the Services and Technology in
a timely and professional manner. Customer understands and agrees that PDF
Solutions' provision of the Services and Technology may depend on Customer or a
third party completing certain tasks or adhering to certain schedules within
Customer's control. Consequently, the schedule for completion of the Services
and Technology or any portion thereof or milestones for payment of Fees may
require adjustments or changes in the event such tasks are not completed as
anticipated. PDF Solutions shall bear no liability or otherwise be responsible
for or penalized by delays in the provision of Services and Technology or any
portion thereof proximately caused by failure by Customer or a third party to
complete a reasonable task or adhere to a reasonable schedule.

SECTION 3. PAYMENT FOR SERVICES

3.1 Fees. As compensation for the Services and Technology, Customer
shall pay to PDF Solutions the fees ("FEES") set forth in EXHIBIT "B" attached
hereto.

3.2 Expenses. Customer shall also reimburse PDF Solutions for its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in carrying out its obligations under
this Agreement including, but not limited to, travel, hotel, meals, document
production and other customary business expenses directly related to the
Services and Technology ("REIMBURSEMENT"). Travel, other than trips to
Customer's office or fabrication facilities, shall be in accordance with PDF
Solution's travel policy. Reimbursement for expenses incurred in an amount of up
to $******* in any calendar month shall not require the written approval of
Customer; provided, however, that any extraordinary engagement-related purchases
including, but not limited to, expenses for mask production, equipment
purchases, on-site facilities and on-site communications services, must receive
Customer's prior written authorization. Customer shall not have any liability to
PDF Solutions for any Reimbursement for expenses incurred in an amount in excess
of $******* in any calendar month, unless such expenses are approved in writing
by both parties.

3.3 Invoice. PDF Solutions shall bill Customer as agreed herein for
Services and Technology pursuant to an invoice delivered on a monthly basis.
Each invoice shall be accompanied by a reasonably detailed breakdown of the
invoiced amount.

3.4 Payment of Invoices. All payments by Customer hereunder shall be
made in U.S. Dollars by telegraphic transfer to the bank designated by PDF
Solutions. All invoices shall be due and payable within **************** after
the date of invoice. Amounts not paid in accordance herewith shall be subject to
a late charge equal to ************************ (or, if less, the maximum
allowed by applicable law). Without prejudice to other remedies available, PDF
Solutions reserves the right to suspend performance and delivery of Services and
Technology until such delinquency is corrected, provided that PDF Solutions
shall give written notice of payment delinquency and

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

4

5

shall give ten (10) days advance written notice of its intention to suspend
performance. The amounts payable to PDF Solutions hereunder are exclusive of any
sales or use or other taxes or governmental charges. Customer shall be
responsible for payment of all such taxes or charges except for any taxes based
solely on PDF Solutions' net income. If Customer is required to pay any taxes
based on this Section 3.4, Customer shall pay such taxes with no reduction or
offset in the amounts payable to PDF Solutions hereunder.

SECTION 4. PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

4.1 Ownership. Customer and PDF Solutions acknowledge and agree that, as
between them, ownership shall be as follows:

(a) PDF Solutions is the exclusive owner of all PDF Technology
and all Proprietary Rights in the PDF Technology;

(b) Customer is the exclusive owner of all Analysis,
Manufacturing Designs, Raw Data, Modified Standard Process of Customer and all
Proprietary Rights in the Analysis, Manufacturing Design ,the Raw Data and
Modified Standard Process of Customer;

(c) ************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
***********************************************.

(d) ************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*******************************************************.

To the extent the law would provide for ownership other than as provided
herein, (y) Customer hereby assigns to PDF Solutions its right, title and
interest in and to the PDF Technology and the Proprietary Rights in the PDF
Technology and (z) PDF Solutions hereby assigns to Customer its right, title and
interest in and to the Analysis, Manufacturing Designs, Raw Data, Modified
Standard Process of Customer and the Proprietary Rights in the Analysis,
Manufacturing Designs and Raw Data, such Modified Standard Process of Customer
and in the Mask Sets for CVs, subject to the restrictions set forth in
Subsection (c) above.

4.2 Grant of License by PDF Solutions. Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, including the timely payment of Fees, PDF
Solutions hereby grants to Customer, *******************************************
************* license ********************************************* only for the
********** to use the PDF Technology and associated Proprietary Rights disclosed
by PDF Solutions under this Agreement, but only to the extent PDF Solutions has
the right to grant such license; provided that such license is solely for use of
PDF Technology by the ******** within the permitted field of use. The foregoing
license includes all PDF Technology disclosed by PDF Solutions in its work for
Customer hereunder (including methodologies and practices observed by the
******** in the course of PDF Solutions' work hereunder); provided, however,
that specifically excluded from this license of PDF Technology is **************
****************************************************************************.
Customer shall not disclose or license PDF Technology to any third party or
outside of the *******.

4.3 Grant of License by Customer. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, Customer hereby grants to PDF Solutions ************************
**********************, license ****************, but only to the extent
Customer has the right to grant such license, as follows:

5

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

6

(a) to incorporate Customer's Manufacturing Designs in CVs at
any time during the term solely for the purpose of performing under this
Agreement; and

(b) to use, copy, compile, manipulate, analyze or reproduce Raw
Data and the Mask Sets for CVs solely for the purpose of performing under this
Agreement.

4.4 No Other Rights. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4,
neither this Agreement nor performance and delivery of the Services and
Technology shall give either PDF Solutions or Customer any ownership, interest
in, or rights to, the Proprietary Rights owned or provided by the other party.

4.5 Reference Right. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as
limiting the free right of Customer to refer to the Modified Standard Process of
Customer for the purpose of development and mass production of any semiconductor
products.

SECTION 5. CONFIDENTIALITY

The parties acknowledge and agree that during the course of the performance of
the mutual obligations hereunder, each party will occasionally deliver to the
other party certain information (including proprietary information, technical
data, trade secrets, know-how, research, software, developments, inventions,
processes, design flows, methods, methodologies, formulas, algorithms,
technologies, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration
information, yield data or other similar information, and related documentation
and information) which the disclosing party deems to be confidential or
proprietary. Such information shall be considered and treated hereunder as
proprietary and confidential information if it is identified as "Confidential"
or "Proprietary" (hereinafter referred to as "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"): (i) by
stamp or legend if communicated in writing or other tangible form, or (ii)
orally at the time of disclosure with a written confirmation within thirty days
describing the Confidential Information communicated orally. All restrictions as
to use and disclosure shall apply during such thirty day period. Except as
permitted hereunder, the receiving party shall not use or disclose the
Confidential Information of the disclosing party. Any recipient of Confidential
Information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement shall hold the Confidential
Information in strictest confidence and shall protect the Confidential
Information by using the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable
degree of care, to prevent the unauthorized use, disclosure, dissemination or
publication of the Confidential Information as the recipient uses to protect its
own comparable confidential and proprietary information. Any permitted
reproduction of Confidential Information shall contain all confidential or
proprietary legends which appear on the original. If the disclosing party
discloses any software, the recipient is prohibited from disassembling,
decompiling, reverse-engineering or otherwise attempting to discover or disclose
the disclosing party's source code, trade secrets, ideas or methods or concepts
embodied in such software. Subject to the licenses granted in Section 4, upon
receipt of the written request of the disclosing party, the receiving party will
return, or give written certification of the destruction of all Confidential
Information in any tangible or digital form, including all copies thereof
whether on paper or in digital form, which are in the recipient's possession or
control. The recipient will immediately notify the disclosing party in the event
of any loss or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information. The above
restrictions on use and disclosure shall not apply to any Confidential
Information that: (1) is in the public domain or in the possession of the
recipient without restriction at the time of receipt under this Agreement
through no wrongful act or omission of the recipient, (2) is disclosed with the
prior written approval of the disclosing party, (3) is disclosed after
********** ***** from the date of expiration or earlier termination of this
Agreement, (4) is independently developed by the recipient without breach of
this Agreement which independent development is supported by reasonable
contemporary evidence, (5) becomes

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

6

7
known to the recipient from a source other than the disclosing party without
breach of this Agreement by the recipient or any other wrongful act or omission
by recipient or any third party; or (6) is required to be disclosed pursuant to
law, provided the recipient uses reasonable efforts to give the disclosing party
reasonable notice of such required disclosure sufficient to give the disclosing
party the opportunity to contest such disclosure. The obligations of
confidentiality shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this
Agreement for a period of ********** ***** thereafter. Disclosing party assumes
no responsibility or liability whatever under this Agreement for any use of
Confidential Information by the recipient or its agents. Nothing in this
Agreement shall restrict recipient's discretion to transfer or assign its
personnel, providing the obligations of recipient under this Agreement are
otherwise met. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, either party shall be
free to use for any purpose the "residuals" resulting from access to or work
with such Confidential Information, provided that such party shall maintain the
confidentiality of the Confidential Information as provided herein. The term
"residuals" means information in non-tangible form, which may be retained in the
memories (without intentional memorization) by persons who have had access to
the Confidential Information, including ideas, concepts, know-how or techniques
contained therein. Neither party shall have any obligation to limit or restrict
the assignment of such persons or to pay royalties for any work resulting from
the use of residuals. Each party hereto recognizes and agrees that there is no
adequate remedy at law for a breach of this Section 5, that such a breach would
irreparably harm the disclosing party and that the disclosing party shall be
entitled to seek equitable relief (including, without limitation, injunctions)
with respect to any such breach or potential breach in addition to any other
remedies. PDF Solutions acknowledges that Confidential Information disclosed by
Customer may include the information of ****, and some employees of **** will
participate in the ****. Customer shall be liable for the performance of
employees of **** in the **** in performing under this Agreement and also be
liable for the confidentiality obligation of **** with respect to the
Confidential Information disclosed by PDF Solutions. The parties agree that the
MUTUAL NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT among PDF Solutions, Customer and **** dated the
********** (NDA) shall be superseded by this Agreement, provided, however, that
any of the Confidential Information exchanged by the parties under the NDA shall
be treated as and included in the Confidential Information under this Agreement.

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1 Corporate Warranties. Each party hereby represents and warrants to
the other party that: (i) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was organized, (ii) the
person executing this Agreement on behalf of each party is duly authorized to
bind such party to all terms and conditions of this Agreement, (iii) this
Agreement, when executed and delivered by each party, will be the legal, valid,
and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with
its terms, and (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by
each party does not and will not conflict with or constitute a breach or default
under such party's charter documents, delegations of authority, or any material
agreement, contract or commitment of such party, or require the consent,
approval or authorization of, or notice, declaration, filing or registration
with, any third party or governmental or regulatory authority.

6.2 Infringement. PDF Solutions warrants that it is not aware of
infringement or alleged infringement of its deliverables under third parties'
valid worldwide intellectual property rights.

6.3 Disclaimer of Warranties. THE WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS SECTION 6
ARE THE PARTIES' SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER
OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

7

8

DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NOTHING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE STATEMENT
OF WORK OR PROJECT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A WARRANTY AS TO THE OUTCOME OF ANY
PROJECT OR THE EFFICACY OF ANY RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY PDF SOLUTIONS. NOTHING
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE STATEMENT OF WORK SHALL BE DEEMED TO CREATE ANY
LIABILITY ON THE PART OF EITHER PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THE OUTCOME OF A PROJECT
OR ANY ACTIONS TAKEN BY CUSTOMER OR THE PDF SOLUTIONS AS A CONSEQUENCE OF THE
OTHER PARTY'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

SECTION 7. INDEMNIFICATION. PDF Solutions shall defend or settle at PDF
Solutions' expense any claim ("Claim") brought against Customer that the
Services and Technology and/or any tangible or intangible delivered in
connection therewith impermissibly contains third party's proprietary rights,
trade secrets, or copyrighted materials or that Customer's use of any such
materials, as permitted hereunder by the ******** in the Permitted Field of Use,
infringes **************************; provided that such indemnification shall
not extend (a) to any infringement by Customer's designs or products, (b) to any
infringement resulting from any infringement contained in any technical data,
Manufacturing Designs, Mask Sets or materials or reports or information provided
by Customer. The indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 7 are
subject to the conditions that the Customer: (i) gives prompt written notice of
the Claim to the PDF Solutions, (ii) gives the PDF Solutions the exclusive
authority to control and direct the defense or settlement of such Claim,
provided that the PDF Solutions does not take any positions that may be
prejudicial to Customer and (iii) gives the PDF Solutions, at Customer's own
expense (except for the value of the Customer's employees' time), all reasonably
necessary information and reasonable assistance with respect to such Claim. PDF
Solutions shall pay all amounts paid in settlement and all damages and costs
awarded with respect to such Claim. PDF Solutions will not be liable for any
costs or expenses incurred without its prior written authorization. In the event
of any Claim under this Section 7, PDF Solutions shall have the option, at its
election, to (a) obtain a license to permit continued use of the allegedly
infringing item or practice, (b) modify the allegedly infringing item or
practice to avoid continued infringement provided the modified item or practice
is substantially equivalent, (c) procure or provide a substantially equivalent
substitute for the allegedly infringing item or practice or (d) if PDF Solutions
is unable to achieve (a), (b) or (c) after reasonable efforts, then PDF
Solutions may require that Customer cease use of the infringing item or practice
as soon as feasible and terminate this Agreement and refund all Incentive Fees
paid by Customer to PDF Solutions.

SECTION 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

THE LIABILITY OF EITHER PARTY AND OF SUCH PARTY'S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,
EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS AND AGENTS, TAKEN AS A WHOLE, WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT
OR OTHERWISE, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAULT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR
PRODUCT LIABILITY OF SUCH PARTY OR OF ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, OR
AGENTS OR FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE, WITH REGARD TO ANY SERVICES OR OTHER
ITEMS FURNISHED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE
COMPENSATION PAID BY CUSTOMER TO PDF SOLUTIONS HEREUNDER. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

8

9

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, COVER OR ANY LOSS OF DATA, PROFIT, REVENUE OR USE UNDER
ANY THEORY OF LAW OR FOR ANY CAUSE OF ACTION.

SECTION 9. EXPORT CONTROL

9.1 Both parties acknowledge that certain technical information
disclosed by PDF Solutions to Customer hereunder may be subject to the export
control laws or regulations of the U. S. A. PDF Solutions shall be responsible
for obtaining any export license required under such laws or regulations with
respect to the export of any Confidential Information, and shall promptly notify
Customer in writing the technical information which is subject to the
restrictions under such laws or regulations as well as the type of license to
have been obtained.

9.2 In the event that a Japanese governmental authorization is required
for the disclosure of technical information under this Agreement, Customer will
not disclose such information until Customer obtains such authorization.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Publicity. Neither party shall disclose the existence of or the
terms of this Agreement to any third party, or in any manner advertise or
publish statements to such effect, without the prior written consent and mutual
agreement as to the content, medium, and manner of the public announcement of
the other party. Notwithstanding the above, should one of the parties be
required by laws or regulations to disclose either the existence or terms of
this Agreement to a court of law, a governmental agency, an auditor, a bank, or
any person such party may do so without the prior written consent of the other
party provided that the disclosing party: (i) notifies the recipient of the
confidential nature of the information, (ii) requests confidential treatment of
such information, (iii) limits the disclosure to only such information as is
required under the circumstances, and (iv) delivers prompt notice to the other
party of such requested or actual disclosure.

10.2 Assignment. Neither party shall assign any portion of its rights,
duties, or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of
the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,
provided that PDF Solutions may utilize the services of consultants and
subcontractors to perform hereunder with the prior written consent of Customer.

10.3 Changes. No modification to this Agreement will be binding unless
in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of each party. Change
orders affecting any Scope of Services and Technology will not be effective
until reviewed and approved in writing by PDF Solutions and Customer. PDF
Solutions will submit to Customer a report on how the proposed changes will
affect the current Services and Technology including the effect on the time
schedule and cost estimates. The parties will have no obligation to proceed with
changed work until both parties have approved the change in writing.

10.4 Notices. All notices or corres-pondence pertaining to this
Agreement shall be in writing, delivered by either first class mail with receipt
or by facsimile with receipt. Such notice shall be effective upon the earlier of
actual receipt or the expiration of three business days following the date of
mailing, or such alternative address the parties may designate in the future.

10.5 Independent Contractors. PDF Solutions and Customer shall perform
their obligations under this Agreement as independent contractors, and nothing
contained in this Agreement shall be construed to create or imply a joint
venture, partnership, principal-agent or employment relationship between the
parties. Neither party shall take any action or permit any action to be taken on
its behalf which purports to be done in the name of or on behalf of the other
party and shall have no power or authority to bind the other party to assume or
create any obligation or responsibility express or implied

9

10

on the other party's behalf or in its name, nor shall such party represent to
any one that it has such power or authority. Each party shall be responsible for
damages to tangible property or personal injury cause by the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the employees or agents of such party.

10.6 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable to the other party for
any loss, damage, or penalty arising from delay to the extent due to causes
beyond its reasonable control including acts of God, acts of government, war,
riots, or embargoes.

10.7 Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is
determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, it shall be adjusted
rather than voided, if possible, to achieve the intent of the parties to extent
possible. In any event, all other terms and provisions shall be deemed valid and
enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

10.8 Insurance. PDF Solutions shall carry Workers' Compensation and
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (including Products, Contractual, and
Automobile Liability) having limits of liability not less than $1 million
combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, including death and
property damages, prior to performing any services on Customer's site.

10.9 Disputes. If any claim or controversy arises out of this Agreement,
the parties shall first make a good faith attempt to resolve the matter through
a designated executive officer. The officers having cognizance of the subject
matter of the Agreement for each of the parties shall first meet and make a good
faith attempt to resolve such controversy or claim. In the event such good faith
negotiation fails to settle any dispute within ********** days from notice of
such dispute, the controversy shall be settled by binding arbitration by one or
three arbitrators, (if three are used, each party shall select one, and the
third shall be selected by mutual agreement of the parties), conducted in Santa
Clara County, California, if Customer initiates the proceedings, and in Osaka,
Japan, if PDF Solutions initiates the proceeding, and in accordance with the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and
judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator(s) shall not be empowered to
award damages in excess of, and/or in addition to, actual damages, and the
arbitrator(s) shall deliver a reasoned opinion in connection with his/her/their
decision. Nothing herein, however, shall prohibit either party from seeking
injunctive relief if such party would be substantially prejudiced by a failure
to act during the time that such good faith efforts are being made to resolve
the claim or controversy. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the
parties agree that jurisdiction will be before a state or district court seated
in Santa Clara County, California.

10.10 Governing Law. This Agreement and any and all disputes arising
hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of California,
without regard to choice of law principles. This Agreement is prepared and
executed and shall be interpreted in the English language only, and no
translation of the Agreement into another language shall have any effect. The
parties agree that the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods (1980) is specifically excluded from and shall not
apply to this Agreement.

10.11 Waiver. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any
of the provisions of this Agreement or to require at any time performance by the
other party of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or any part hereof,
shall not be construed to be a waiver of said provision or to effect the right
of any party to enforce each and every provision in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.

10.12 Interpretation. In the event that any term of the Scope of
Services and Technology conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of
this Agreement shall take precedence.

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

10

11

10.13 Non-Solicitation. Customer shall not actively solicit or influence
or attempt to influence any person employed by PDF Solutions to terminate or
otherwise cease his or her employment with PDF Solutions or become an employee
of Customer. PDF Solutions shall not actively solicit or influence or attempt to
influence any person employed by Customer to terminate or otherwise cease his or
her employment with Customer or become an employee of PDF Solutions.

10.14 Drafter. Neither party will be deemed the drafter of this
Agreement, which Agreement will be deemed to have been jointly prepared by the
parties. If this Agreement is ever construed, whether by a court or by an
arbitrator, such court or arbitrator will not construe this Agreement or any
provision hereof against any party as drafter.

10.15 Entire Agreement. The parties acknowledge that PDF Solutions is
not providing or licensing to Customer under this Agreement any software
programs or products and anticipate that they will enter into a Software
Evaluation and/or Software License Agreement related to the subject matter
hereof. Such agreement shall also not be affected by this Agreement. Except for
such software agreements, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement
between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and: (i) shall
supersede all prior contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals
and representations with respect to its subject matter, and (ii) shall prevail
over any conflicting or additional terms of any statement of work, quote, order
acknowledgment or similar communication between the parties during the term of
this Agreement.

10.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute
one and the same instrument.

10.17 Exhibits. Exhibits "A" and "B" attached hereto are incorporated
herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein.

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION

By: /s/ John K. Kibarian
--------------------------------
Name: John K. Kibarian
------------------------------
Title: President & CEO
-----------------------------
Date:   **********
------------------------------

CUSTOMER

By: /s/ Seiji Ueda
--------------------------------
Name: Seiji Ueda
------------------------------
Title: Director
-----------------------------
Date:   **********
------------------------------

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

11

12

EXHIBIT "A" TO INTEGRATION TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT
SCOPE OF SERVICES AND TECHNOLOGY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PERMITTED FIELD OF USE

PDF Solutions agrees to provide Customer with **********************************
**************************************************************.  The Agreement,
and all licenses granted by PDF Solutions to Customer under the Agreement,
extends only *******************************************************************
*********.

PROJECT PHASES & DESCRIPTION

The project is described below in the following three phases. Phases may be
amended upon written notice to more appropriately achieve the targeted project
goals.

------------- ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
PROJECT PHASE                 GENERAL WORK STEPS                  ESTIMATED DURATION
------------- ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------

**********    ***********************************************        **********
**********    ***********************************************        **********
***********************************************        **********
***********************************************
***********************************************

------------- ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
**********    ***********************************************        **********
**********    ***********************************************        **********
***********************************************        **********
***********************************************
***********************************************

------------- ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
**********    ***********************************************        **********
**********    ***********************************************        **********
***********************************************        **********
***********************************************
***********************************************

------------- ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

12

13

EXHIBIT "A" TO INTEGRATION TECHNOLOGY AGREEMENT
SCOPE OF SERVICES AND TECHNOLOGY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DELIVERABLES

PDF Solutions agrees to provide Customer the following deliverables:

----------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
PHASE                             DELIVERABLE
----------- ----------------------------------------------------------------

**********  **************************************************************
**********  **************************************************************
**************************************************************

----------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
**********  **************************************************************
**********  **************************************************************
**************************************************************

----------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
**********  **************************************************************
**********  **************************************************************
**************************************************************

----------- ----------------------------------------------------------------

PROJECT ACCOUNTABILITY

PDF Solutions will maintain an engagement manager to lead the project effort
throughout the duration of the project. PDF Solutions' engagement manager
currently assigned to the project is **********. Customer will also maintain a
project leader to lead the project effort and Customer team. ********** will
serve as the primary point of contact for Customer's project leader or other
Customer representatives regarding project status and updates.

REPORTS AND DOCUMENTATION

PDF Solutions agrees to provide at minimum ***** updates to Customer's Project
Leader. PDF Solutions will provide a formal presentation at the conclusion
***************.

REQUIREMENTS FROM CUSTOMER

To assist in the success completion of the project, Customer's cooperation to
support the following as reasonably required by PDF Solutions:

- Business Resources: Secure and private office space (with 24 hour access) and
other customary and reasonable business resources as required. Reasonable and
customary communication and business resources including, but is not limited
to, international access telephones, multiple analog lines, international
access fax machines and access to a photocopier.

- Computing Resources: Customary and reasonable computing resources as required.

- CVs: Customer agrees to run PDF Solution's characterization vehicles.

- Engineering Resources: Customer's engineering resources as required.

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

13

14

GENERAL

Customer agrees to pay *** types of fees associated with the services and
technologies rendered with the Integration Technology Agreement.

1. A fixed fee ("Fixed Fee") component, and

2. **********

FIXED FEE

PDF Solutions shall invoice Customer the Fixed Fee on a monthly basis. The Fixed
Fee rates will be as follows:

1. *****************************************************************************
******************************************.
2.

Customer shall pay such invoices in accordance with this Agreement. If the term
of this Agreement is extended with prior written approval, both parties may
elect to continue services under this Agreement at a Fixed Fee ***************.

INCENTIVE FEE

PDF Solutions may earn **************** as follows:

--- -------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------
INCENTIVE FEE   INCENTIVE FEE  INCENTIVE FEE MILESTONE OBJECTIVE(S)
DUE DATE          AMOUNT
--- -------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------

1  **********              ***** ***************************************
***************************************
***************************************
***************************************

--- -------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------
2  **********             *****  ***************************************
*  ***************************************
***************************************
***************************************

--- -------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------
3  **********             *****  ***************************************
*  ***************************************
***************************************
***************************************

--- -------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------

**************************************

Customer's obligation to pay the Incentive Fee shall be contingent on
satisfaction of the applicable milestone objective(s). PDF Solutions cannot
pre-earn any incentive; each milestone must be achieved during the time frame
applicable to such incentive payment. Should conditions beyond the control of
PDF Solutions result in an inability to achieve incentive(s) including, but not
limited to, delays in Customer

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

15

process roll-out plans, both parties agree to adjust either the Incentive Fee
milestones, Incentive Fee deadlines or both as required.

PRODUCT VOLUME EXCLUDED FROM INCENTIVE FEE CALCULATIONS

The following wafers shall be excluded from the calculation of the defect
density in determining Incentive Fees:

- Mis-processed wafers

- Wafers adversely affected by equipment failures or malfunctions

- Wafers adversely affected by non-qualified PM (preventative maintenance)
adjustments. Non-qualified means new equipment introduced but not verified to
process tolerances. Customer and PDF Solutions agree to review the
qualification process within forty-five (45) days of Effective Date. Customer
may elect not to make any changes suggested by PDF Solutions that are deemed
unreasonable or beyond Customer's control.

- Zero yielding wafers traceable to equipment failures, malfunction, or PM cycle
dependency.

- Operator errors

- Mishandled wafers during processing or test.

- Scrapped wafers

- Failures caused by tester malfunction, test program inadequacy, or measuring
beyond the capability of the tester.

If products under this Agreement contains a design *****************************
**************************************************

********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************

Wafers included or excluded in the yield calculations may be modified provided
both Customer's designated Project Manager and PDF Solutions' designated
Engagement Manager agree to the modifications in writing.

YIELD MODEL

For the purposes of this Agreement, the yield model equation used in determining
Incentive Fees when appropriate will be the ************************************
******************************.

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

1

EXHIBIT 10.16

[cadence logo]

SOFTWARE OEM LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

PDF SOLUTIONS, INC.

AND

CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.

EFFECTIVE DATE: July 7, 2000

AGREEMENT NO.

1

2

INDEX

Section  Description                                                        Page
-------  -----------                                                        ----

RECITAL...........................................................   3

1.0      DEFINITIONS.......................................................   3

2.0      APPOINTMENT.......................................................   5

3.0      DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE...........................................   5

4.0      LICENSE GRANT.....................................................   5

5.0      MAINTENANCE, TRAINING AND ENHANCEMENTS............................   6

6.0      MARKETING AND PROMOTION...........................................   7

7.0      FEES..............................................................   7

8.0      SOURCE CODE ESCROW................................................   8

9.0      PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION............................   8

10.0     WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION......................................   9

11.0     TERM AND TERMINATION .............................................  10

12.0     GENERAL...........................................................  10

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A   - Products and Designated Equipment
Exhibit B   - Maintenance and Support Services
Exhibit C   - Fees and Payment
Exhibit D   - Software Deposit Agreement
Exhibit E   - Cadence standard form of license agreement
Exhibit F   - Trademark Specifications

2

3

[cadence logo]

SOFTWARE OEM LICENSE AGREEMENT

Effective Date: July 7, 2000

Agreement No:

This Software OEM License Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into effective as
of the date set forth above by and among, on the one hand, CADENCE DESIGN
SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business at
555 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134, and CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS
(IRELAND) LIMITED, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
Ireland having a place of business at Block U, East Point Business Park, Dublin
3, Ireland (collectively with its Subsidiaries, as defined below, "Cadence"),
and, on the other hand, PDF Solutions, Inc., a California corporation, having a
principal place of business at 333 W. San Carlos Street, Suite 700, San Jose CA
95110 ("VENDOR").

WHEREAS Cadence develops and markets software application programs used in the
electronic design automation industry for the computer-aided engineering,
design, co-verification, simulation, and layout of advanced electronic circuits,
printed circuit boards and electronic systems and subsystems; and

WHEREAS Vendor has developed certain computer programs and desires to grant
Cadence rights to commercially exploit such programs on a world-wide basis in
combination with certain software and systems which Cadence develops and/or
distributes; and

WHEREAS Cadence is willing, subject to the terms of this Agreement, to market,
distribute and sublicense Vendor's programs as stand alone products, or in
combination or for use with the software and systems which Cadence develops or
distributes;

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained the
parties hereby agree as follows:

1.0 DEFINITIONS.

In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the
following terms have the following meanings:

1.1 "Ancillary Work" means any software code written by or for Cadence
(and not by Vendor) for the purpose of tightly integrating the Licensed Work as
an integral and functioning part of Cadence's product framework environment
and/or to meet unique requirements of an End User, or provide new or improved
features, functionality or enhancements to the Licensed Work.

1.2 "Cadence" means Cadence and its world-wide Subsidiaries and the
successors and assigns of any of them.

1.3 "Designated Equipment" means computer hardware contained in one of
the equipment product families listed on Exhibit A and all improved and enhanced
versions of such equipment, and also including the operating system environment
with which Cadence's products operate. At the request of either party from time
to time, the parties shall amend Exhibit A to reflect expansions and extensions
of the product families there represented and will in good faith negotiate the
inclusion of additional product lines.

1.4 "Documentation" means all data sheets, user manuals and/or education
and training materials in human or machine readable form, and all Maintenance
Modifications and Enhancements thereto which: (i) document the design or details
of the Product(s); and/or (ii) explain the capabilities of the Product(s);
and/or (iii)

3

4

provide operating instructions for using the Product(s).

1.5 "End User" means an entity that acquires the Licensed Work for its
internal production use.

1.6 "Enhancement" means any modification(s), revision(s), upgrade(s) or
addition(s) to a Product made by or on behalf of Vendor (other than a
Maintenance Modification) that improves its function, adds new function(s) or
substantially enhances its performance, including, without limitation, new
versions of the Products. Enhancements shall include updates to the
Documentation.

1.7 "Error(s)" means any malfunction or defect in the Products and/or a
mistake in the Documentation that prevents the Product from correctly operating
in substantial conformance with its functional specifications, including,
without limitation, any significant deviation from commonly accepted standards
for normal and correct operation of computer programs, even if not explicitly
mentioned in the Documentation, e.g., any case where the Product, in any
significant respect, abnormally ceases function, produces incorrect or
misleading information or erroneously interprets information given to it, and
similar deviations.

1.8 "Fees" means the fees that Cadence shall pay to Vendor for the
rights granted hereunder, as more specifically described in Section 7 below.

1.9 "Licensed Work(s)" means the Products and Documentation
collectively.

1.10 "Maintenance Modification" means any modification(s), revision(s)
or addition(s) to the Products necessary to: (i) correct Errors; or (ii) support
new releases of the Designated Equipment or subsequent revisions of its
operating system; or (iii) update a Product to ensure its continuing
compatibility with versions of Cadence's product(s) it is intended to be used
with, if any; or (iv) other modification(s) or addition(s) which are not
Enhancements. Maintenance Modifications shall include correction to
Documentation.

1.11 "Marketing Agent(s)" means those distributors, dealers, resellers,
representatives, affiliates or Subsidiaries with whom Cadence enters into a
contractual relationship for the express purpose of engaging such entity to
market to End-Users the Licensed Work or other Cadence products which include
the Licensed Works.

1.12 "Net Maintenance Revenues" means the portion of gross revenues
recognized by Cadence that is directly attributable to the sale of maintenance
services directly related and apportioned to the Licensed Works, net of
Marketing Agent commissions, refunds, commodity taxes, value added taxes, sales
taxes, and provision for bad debt. Net Maintenance Revenues specifically
excludes revenues recognized by Cadence from the sale or provision of
maintenance services related to or in connection with Licensed Works that are
provided to persons for evaluation or demonstration purposes only.

1.13 "Net Product Revenues" means the portion of gross revenues
recognized by Cadence that is directly attributable to the sale or license of
the Licensed Works, net of Marketing Agent commissions, returns, commodity
taxes, value added taxes, sales taxes, and provision for bad debt. Net Product
Revenues specifically excludes revenues recognized by Cadence from any Licensed
Works that are provided to persons for evaluation or demonstration purposes
only.

1.14 "Product(s)" means the Vendor software product(s), in object code
form, as specified in Exhibit A, including any Maintenance Modifications and/or
Enhancements thereto.

1.15 "Subsidiary" means a corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, company, unincorporated association or other entity
in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares, securities or
other ownership interest (representing the right to vote for the election of
directors or other managing authority or the right to make the decisions for
such entity, as applicable) is, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly
or indirectly, by a party hereto. Such corporation, company or other entity
shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary only so long as such ownership or control
exists.

1.16 "Term" means the initial term and any renewal term of this
Agreement as specified in Section

4

5

11.1 below.

2.0 APPOINTMENT.

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions if this Agreement, Vendor hereby
appoints Cadence as its non-exclusive OEM for the delivery of Licensed Works to
End Users world-wide, and Cadence hereby accepts such appointment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term of this Agreement, Cadence is
hereby authorized to distribute the Licensed Work known as "Circuit Surfer" on
an exclusive basis provided however, that Vendor retains the right to license
Circuit Surfer to those customer sites where (1) Cadence's Analog Design
Environment (or other replacement name for the product currently called "Analog
Artist")product is not installed and there is no reasonable liklihood for the
license of Analog Design Environment for a period of ninety (90) days from the
date that PDF notifies Cadence of the opportunity as specified in 6.2, or (2)
such license of Circuit Surfer is made solely in connection with and solely
during the period of time during which Vendor is providing yield improvement
services to a customer

2.2 Cadence shall arrange for delivery of Licensed Works to the End
Users and providing End Users maintenance support of Licensed Works, through
Cadence's usual channels for distribution and maintenance. Cadence will pay
Vendor the license and maintenance fees as more fully described in Section 7.

3.0 DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE.

3.1 Initial Delivery, Acceptance Tests and Corrections. For the initial
Licensed Work, each additional Licensed Work and each major revision thereof,
Vendor shall deliver to Cadence a copy of the Licensed Work in accordance with
the delivery schedule mutually agreed upon by the parties. Cadence shall have
sixty (60) days after the initial delivery of the Product to perform such tests
Cadence deems reasonably necessary to determine whether such version meets the
specifications and performance standards represented by Vendor and is capable of
performing repetitively in a variety of situations without failure (the
"Acceptance Standards"). Cadence shall promptly notify Vendor if Cadence
determines that the Product does not meet the Acceptance Standards. Vendor shall
then have thirty (30) days to modify or improve such Product version, at
Vendor's expense, so that it performs in accordance with the Acceptance
Standards and to redeliver it to Cadence. Cadence shall have a second sixty (60)
day test period to reconduct the acceptance tests. Failure of the Product to
meet the Acceptance Standards shall constitute a material breach by Vendor.

3.2 Acceptance Date. If and when the acceptance tests establish that the
Product is performing in accordance with the Acceptance Standards, Cadence shall
promptly notify Vendor in writing that it accepts that Product version (the
"Acceptance Date"). Within ten (10) days of the Acceptance Date Vendor shall
deliver to Cadence: (i) one (1) reproducible master copy of the Product, and
(ii) a camera ready hard copy of the Documentation, with a collation guide for
printing and reproduction together with an electronic soft copy of the
Documentation in FrameMaker, Word, PostScript format or as otherwise specified
by Cadence. Vendor shall deliver the Licensed Works to Cadence on such media and
format as Cadence specifies. It is the intent of the parties that Vendor shall
provide Cadence a "golden master" copy of the Licensed Work from which Cadence
can thenceforth replicate, without intervention or assistance from Vendor,
additional copies of the Products and Documentation as necessary to exercise the
grants of Section 4.

3.3 Test Plan. Vendor and Cadence shall use reasonable efforts to
develop as soon as possible following the execution of this Agreement a test
plan and quality assurance plan necessary for the development of the acceptance
tests to verify a Product's conformance to the Acceptance Standards.

4.0 LICENSE GRANT.

4.1 Distribution License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, Vendor hereby grants Cadence a
*********************************************** license **********************,

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

5

6

for the Term of this Agreement, to
*********************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
*********************************. A copy of Cadence's current form of license
agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit E.

************************************************************************
**************************************************************, Vendor hereby
grants to Cadence the **********************************************************
license to *********************************************************************
********************************************************************************
************************************************************.

4.2 Internal Use License. Vendor hereby grants Cadence and its Marketing
Agents a ***********************************************************************
license to internally use the Licensed Works for the purposes of technical
support, quality assurance, manufacturing, testing, demonstration, training,
marketing and other tasks incidental to and reasonably necessary in connection
with: (a) carrying out the distribution activities of Section 4.1; and (b)
supporting End Users in their use of the Products sublicensed to them by Cadence
and/or its Marketing Agent(s). The internal use described in the preceding
sentence shall be at no charge or Fee to Cadence.

4.3 Ownership. Title to and ownership of the Licensed Works shall not be
modified by this Agreement and shall at all times remain with Vendor or Vendor's
suppliers. Title to and ownership of all derivative works made by Cadence,
including Ancillary Works and modifications thereof, shall be held exclusively
by Cadence. Vendor and its suppliers, shall have no rights in, or license to use
any Ancillary Works in any manner without the express prior written permission
of Cadence.

4.4 **********. Subject to Section 2.1 above, the licenses granted to
Cadence hereunder are ********** with respect to Vendors Circuit Surfer product;

5.0 MAINTENANCE, TRAINING AND ENHANCEMENTS.

5.1 Maintenance and Training Services. Vendor will provide Cadence with
the maintenance and training services described on Exhibit B hereto. All
references to Exhibit B include Exhibit B-1 if applicable. Vendor's maintenance
and support obligations hereunder and under Exhibit B shall survive termination
of this Agreement for whatever reason for a period of two years. The maintenance
and support obligations of Vendor following the termination or expiration of
this Agreement are for wind-down purposes only, and accordingly shall consist of
the error corrections and second level telephone support as provided for in
Exhibit B. Such continuing obligations will not include any upgrades to the
Licensed Works.

5.2 Maintenance Modifications, Enhancements. Within thirty (30) days
after the execution of this Agreement, each party shall designate, and notify
the other party in writing of, a company representative; both persons together
shall comprise a steering committee ("Steering Committee") whose function shall
be to evaluate the functionality and overall performance of the Licensed Works
and Products and determine the need for additional functionality, features,
Maintenance Modifications and Enhancements with respect thereto in a mutually
agreed upon schedule. The Steering Committee shall meet at least once each
calendar quarter during the Term of this Agreement in the performance of its
functions. Vendor shall develop all Maintenance Modifications and Enhancements
so agreed upon by the Steering Committee. Vendor shall provide Cadence, at no
charge, all Maintenance Modifications and Enhancements of the Licensed Works and
related Documentation created by or for

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

6

7

Vendor during the term of this Agreement on or before the date Vendor's first
release of such Maintenance Modifications and/or Enhancements to any of its
other distributors, OEM's, marketing partners or end customers. Such Maintenance
Modifications and Enhancements shall, upon their availability, automatically
become part of the Licensed Work(s) for the purpose of this Agreement.

5.3 Directed Development and Services. The steering Committee shall also
determine enhancements, new features and services that benefit Cadence customers
but may not benefit non-Cadence users of Circuit Surfer. During the first year
of this Agreement, a Vendor software engineer will work at Cadence's research
and development facility agreed upon by the parties at least twenty (20) hours
per week for the purposes of performing the development work described in this
section. The parties intend that the majority of the development efforts during
the first year of the term of this Agreement will be directed toward integrating
the Licensed Works with the Cadence Product. Fees for such development and
services are specified in Exhibit C.

6.0 MARKETING AND PROMOTION.

6.1 Control of Marketing. The means by which Cadence markets and
distributes the Licensed Work shall be in Cadence's sole discretion and control,
including without limitation the methods of pricing, marketing, naming,
packaging, labeling, advertising, and collection of fees. Cadence may distribute
the Licensed Work world-wide through any combination of direct marketing,
Marketing Agents, original equipment manufacturers, and other means, and either
alone or in combination with other products.

6.2 Referral of Inquiries. *********************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
******************************************.

6.3 CADENCE MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE SUCCESS
OF SUCH MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION EFFORTS. VENDOR AGREES THAT CADENCE SHALL IN
NO CIRCUMSTANCES BE LIABLE TO VENDOR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, OR FOR ANY OTHER
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

6.4 Sales Support. Vendor agrees to provide Cadence sufficient sales and
technical support, as mutually agreed upon by the parties, including but not
limited to Vendor personnel proficient in the performance, use, implementation
and modification of the Licensed Works and Products (collectively, "Sales
Support"), as Cadence may reasonably require with respect to the traning of its
Marketing Agent(s) to sell and market sublicenses to the Licensed Works and/or
Products to customers and/or potential End Users hereunder. Such Sales Support
shall be at no charge to Cadence.

6.5 Marketing Support. Vendor agrees to provide Cadence sufficient
marketing training, as mutually agreed upon by the parties, such that Cadence
can support ("Marketing Support") marketing events (e.g., industry conferences,
business/trade shows, marketing seminars, presentations and/or demonstration for
key customers or strategic accounts). Such Marketing Support shall be at no
charge to Cadence.

6.6 Trademarks and Copyrights. Vendor hereby grants to Cadence
********************************* license to use the trademarks and logos set
forth on Exhibit F (the "Trademarks") in connection with the manufacture,
distribution, license and promotion of the Licensed Works. However, Vendor
agrees that Cadence need not use the Trademarks and may, in its discretion,
market and distribute the Products under Cadence's own trademarks. If Cadence
uses the Trademarks, then the use of such Trademarks shall conform with all
trademark

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

7

8

specifications of Vendor for such Trademarks, which specifications are attached
hereto as Exhibit F. If Cadence manufactures the Products, then Cadence shall
cause the manufacture of the Products to conform to the reasonable quality
standards of Vendor for the manufacture of the Products and Vendor may review
the Products manufactured by Cadence, upon reasonable notice to Cadence, to make
sure that such quality standards are met. Except for the use of the Trademarks
however, the packaging design, and advertising for the Licensed Products shall
be within the discretion and control of Cadence. Vendor represents and warrants
to Cadence that it is not aware and has not received notice of any infringement
or claim of infringement of any Trademark upon any rights of any third party
anywhere in the world. Cadence shall replicate Vendor's copyright notices (as
they appear or as designated by Vendor) in any Product and Documentation
reproduced under this Agreement. Use of Vendor's Trademarks shall inure to the
benefit of Vendor.

6.7 Drop Shipment. If Cadence does not manufacture the Products and
Vendor drop ships the Products, then the drop shipment box on Exhibit A shall be
checked.

7.0 FEES.

7.1 Amount. Cadence shall pay to Vendor Fees on revenues from the
Licensed Work distributed by Cadence to End Users or Marketing Agents, as
applicable, under the terms of Exhibit C hereto.

7.2 Payments, Quarterly Reports. Fees shall be remitted on a ***** basis
within ********** following the end of Cadence's ********** during which Cadence
recognized revenues for the Licensed Work to which the Fee payment applies.
Cadence will deliver written reports to Vendor within *************** after the
last day of each ********** stating: (i) the amount of Net Product Revenues
recognized during the *****; and (ii) the amount of Net Maintenance Revenues
recognized during that same *****, and (iii) the resulting Fees due. Cadence
will enclose with the report the Fee payment so calculated.

7.3 Records and Audit. Cadence agrees that it shall maintain records
sufficient to establish the Fees payable pursuant to this Section 7. Vendor may,
with prior written notice and during normal business hours, have independent
certified public accountants acceptable to Cadence examine, at Vendor's expense,
Cadence's records relating to the Fees payable pursuant to this Agreement. Such
accountants must agree in advance in writing to maintain in confidence and not
to disclose to any party any information obtained during the course of such
examination, other than a disclosure to Vendor of the amounts of Fees that
should have been paid for the period covered by the examination. Any errors
discovered during such examination shall be corrected by the appropriate party.
In no event shall any such adjustment be made more than two (2) years after the
end of the period in error. The audit right contained in this Section may not be
exercised more than once during any 12 month period.

8.0 SOURCE CODE ESCROW.

8.1 Deposit. Within ten (10) days of the Acceptance Date, Vendor shall,
at Vendor's expense, place the complete Licensed Work source code ("Source Code
Materials") into escrow with an independent third party escrow holder. The form
of escrow deposit agreement to be used is attached hereto as Exhibit D.
Throughout the Term of this Agreement, Vendor shall update the Source Code
Materials at least once every six months to include Maintenance Modifications 
and Enhancements, so that the deposit at all times reflects the most current 
version of the Licensed Work distributed by Cadence hereunder.

8.2 Release Event. If Vendor materially breaches its obligations under
this Agreement, including, without limitation, its obligations under Exhibit B
(all as more fully set forth in the escrow deposit agreement), Cadence may
retrieve the Source Code Materials and use same to fulfill Vendors obligations
hereunder respecting the Licensed Work and otherwise continue to exercise the
license grants of Section 5. If the source code is released from escrow Cadence
may (i) fully exercise its source code license rights granted in Section 4.1
hereof, solely for purposes fulfilling Vendor's support and maintenance
obligations hereunder regarding the Licensed Work, and (ii) if the release event
occurred during the Term, continue to exercise the license grants of Section 4
as if this Agreement continued in full force and effect for the full Term
(initial or then applicable renewal) as if such Term

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

8

9

had continued. Upon release of the source code from escrow all other terms and
conditions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, including Cadence's
obligation to pay product and maintenance fees. The license to the source code
granted herein shall be irrevocable but shall expire five years after the
occurrence of a release event

8.3 Escrow Termination. The escrow shall continue and survive on its own
terms independent of the existence of this Agreement and shall terminate on the
fifth (5th) anniversary of the termination of this Agreement, if no release
event has occurred prior thereto, or such other date as mutually agreed upon by
the parties in writing.

9.0 PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

9.1 The parties acknowledge that: (i) Licensed Work in the case of
Vendor; and (ii) Ancillary Works in the case of Cadence; and/or (iii) any other
information which the parties desire to exchange to conduct the activities
contemplated by this Agreement, which the revealing party ("Discloser") holds in
confidence or received from a third party under confidentiality obligations
("Proprietary Materials"), are confidential information of the Discloser. Except
as permitted under this Agreement, the receiving party ("Recipient") shall treat
Discloser's Proprietary Materials that are prominently marked with a notice in
human readable form noting their confidential nature, with the same standard of
care that Recipient uses to safeguard its own proprietary materials from
unauthorized access, use, disclosure or dissemination. Proprietary Materials
disclosed orally or visually shall be identified as confidential prior to the
discussion or presentation, then furnished to Recipient in tangible form within
thirty (30) days thereof and marked as confidential.

9.2 Recipient's obligations respecting Discloser's Proprietary Materials
shall terminate with respect to any part thereof which Recipient can establish
by documentary evidence: (i; (ii) now or hereafter may be in the public domain
by acts not attributable to Recipient; (iii) was rightfully in the possession of
or known to Recipient prior to its receipt from Discloser under this Agreement;
(iv) is or becomes available without restriction to Recipient from a source
independent of Discloser who was in lawful possession of same and authorized to
disclose it to Recipient without restriction; or (v) is agreed to be
unrestricted by Discloser in writing.

9.3 Nothing herein shall restrict Recipient's right to disclose the
Proprietary Materials where such disclosure is required by written order of a
judicial, legislative, or administrative authority of competent jurisdiction, or
is necessary to establish its rights under this Agreement, provided, however
that, in each case, Recipient will, if practicable, first notify Discloser of
such need or requirement and cooperate with Discloser, at Discloser's expense,
in limiting the scope of the proposed disclosure. Recipient will assist
Discloser, at Discloser's expense, in taking all reasonable steps for obtaining
further appropriate means of limiting the scope of the required disclosure of
Discloser's Proprietary Materials.

9.4 Within ten (10) days of the earlier of (i) receipt of Discloser's
written request for return of same (other than the Licensed Work), or (ii) the
termination or expiration of this Agreement (except as and to the extent
otherwise provided herein); Recipient shall return all Discloser's Proprietary
Materials along with Recipient's certification that to the best of its knowledge
all Discloser's Proprietary Materials have either been returned or destroyed and
no Discloser Proprietary Materials, or copies thereof, remain in the possession
of Recipient, its employees or agents; provided, however, that Cadence as
Recipient may retain such of Vendor's Proprietary Materials as Cadence may
reasonably require to provide the support and maintenance obligations of Vendor
for the Licensed Works to its customers. Recipient's obligations set forth in
this Section 9 shall terminate on the ********************** of the termination
or expiration of this Agreement, excluding those obligations with respect to the
source code placed in escrow pursuant to Section 8 above which shall terminate
on the ************ of the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

9.5 Equitable Relief. Each party acknowledges that unauthorized
disclosure or use of the Proprietary Materials may cause irreparable harm to the
other party for which recovery of money damages would be inadequate, and the
other party shall therefore be entitled to obtain timely injunctive relief to
protect the other party rights under this Agreement in addition to any and all
remedies available at law.

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

9

10

10.0 WARRANTY AND INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Vendor warrants and represents that: (i) it has the right and power
to enter into this Agreement, and that doing so does not violate or conflict
with any other Vendor obligations; and (ii) Vendor shall not assume any
obligation or restriction which would, in any way, interfere, be inconsistent
with or present a conflict of interest concerning the rights granted to Cadence
hereunder or the services to be performed by Vendor under this Agreement.

10.2 Vendor warrants and represents that: (i) the Licensed Works and
Vendor's services which are the subject matter of this Agreement are the
original product of Vendor and Vendor is the sole and exclusive owner of the
Licensed Works; and (ii) that no portion of such items, or their distribution or
use is protected by or infringes any third party(ies)'s US patent, patent
applications, copyright, trade secret, trademark.

10.3 Vendor warrants and represents that the Licensed Works, and all
Maintenance Modifications and Enhancements thereto shall conform to and perform
in accordance with Vendor's published specifications therefor.

10.4 Vendor warrants and represents that the Licensed Work is designed
to be used prior to, during and after the calendar year 2000 A.D., and that the
Licensed Work will operate during each such time period without error relating
to date data, specifically including any error relating to, or the product of,
date data which represents or references different centuries or more than one
century. Without limiting the forgoing, Vendor represents and warrants that (i)
the Licensed Work will properly manage and manipulate data involving dates,
including single-century and multi-century formulas, and will not abnormally
end, or cause an abnormally ending scenario, within the application or generate
incorrect values or invalid results involving such dates; and (ii) the Licensed
Work has been designed to ensure year 2000 compatibility, including, without
limitation, date data century recognition, calculations which accommodate same
century and multiple century formulas and date values, and date data interface
values that reflect the century, and (iii) the Licensed Work provides that all
date-related user interface functionalities and data fields include the
indication of the century, and that all date-related data interface
functionalities include the indication of the century, and (iv) handle all leap
years, including, without limitation, the year 2000 leap year, correctly. Vendor
shall promptly advise Cadence of any breach of the above warranty.

10.5 Vendor agrees to indemnify and hold Cadence, its Marketing Agents
and End Users entirely harmless from any and all losses, costs, claims, damages,
settlements and judgments, including, without limitation, any expenses and
attorneys' fees, arising out of or related in any way to any breach or alleged
breach of any of the above warranties. Cadence agrees to defend and indemnify
Vendor from and against any and all losses, costs, claims, damages, settlements
and judgments, including without limitation, any expenses and attorneys' fees
arising out of any action brought against Vendor alleging that a Cadence
software product utilized with the Licensed Work infringes any US patent,
copyright or trade secret. If any claim or action is commenced against a party
entitled to indemnification under this Section, (a "Claim"), such party shall
give written notice to the other party within ten (10) days of notice of such
Claim. If such party receiving notice is obligated under this Section to defend
the party against such Claim, then the indemnifying party shall take control of
the defense and investigation of the Claim, using such attorneys and other
assistance as it selects in its discretion. The indemnified party shall
cooperate in all reasonable respects in such investigation and defense,
including trial and any appeals, provided that such party may also participate,
at its own expense, in such defense. No settlement of a Claim that involves a
remedy other than payment of money by indemnifying party shall be agreed to and
entered without the consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

10.6 except as expressly set forth in this section 10, the Licensed
works, enhancements, maintenance modifications, and services provided by vendor
are provided "as is," and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law,
vendor disclaims all other warranties, express and implied, including without
limitation warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose (even
if vendor is advised of such purpose) and non-infringement.

10.7 EXCEPT FOR A BREACH OF AN OBLIGATION OF CONFIDENTIALITY, TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL

10

11

EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT
OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ITS SUBJECT MATTER,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUES, OR THE
COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS AND/OR SERVICES, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL
OR EQUITABLE BASIS FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. COSTS
AND EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY CLAIM FOR WHICH A PARTY HAS AN OBLIGATION TO
INDMENIFY THE OTHER PARTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 10.5 SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES

11.0 TERM AND TERMINATION.

11.1 Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period
commencing upon the effective date first set forth above and ending three (3)
years thereafter. This Agreement shall subsequently automatically renew, and
thereafter re-renew for additional terms of one (1) year each unless terminated
by either party, providing the other one-hundred eighty (180) days written
notice prior to the end of the then current term.

11.2 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time:

11.2.2 For Cause. By either party at any time immediately upon
written notice to the other party in the event the other party fails to observe
or perform a material obligation of this Agreement (a "Default"), which Default
is not cured within thirty (30) days after the non-defaulting party has given
written notice of the Default and demanded its cure.

11.3 Effect of Termination. Upon non-renewal or termination of this
Agreement for any reason, all rights and licenses previously granted to End
Users shall continue in full force and effect and Vendor shall (continue to
provide Cadence all Licensed Work and support services necessary to enable
Cadence and Marketing Agents to fulfill its continuing obligations to End User's
respecting the Licensed Work for a period of two years following such
termination. The maintenance and support obligations of Vendor following the
termination or expiration of this Agreement are for wind-down purposes only, and
accordingly shall consist of the error corrections and second level telephone
support as provided for in Exhibit B. Such continuing obligations will not
include any upgrades to the Licensed Works.

11.4 Survival. The provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.5 (and Exhibit E),
5.1 (and Exhibit B), 6.3, 7(until all amounts due and owing have been paid), 8
(and other provisions of this Agreement (including Exhibits) as contemplated
therein), 9, 10, 11.3 (and the provisions of Section 7 to the extent
applicable), 11.4 and 12, along with any other provision which by its terms
continues after termination, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.0 GENERAL.

12.1 Relationship. The relationship between the parties under this
Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this
Agreement shall be construed to constitute either party as an agent, partner, or
joint venturer of the other.

12.2 Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as prohibiting
or restricting: (i) either partyfrom independently developing or acquiring
products which are competitive, irrespective of the similarity to or
substitutability for theother party's products; or (ii) the rights which the
parties have outside the scope of this Agreement; or (iii) the rights of either
party to make, have made, use, lease, license, sell or otherwise dispose of any
particular product(s) not herein described subject to the restrictions set forth
in Section 9.

12.3 Notices. All notices, demands or consents required or permitted
hereunder shall be delivered in writing to the respective parties at the
addresses set forth above, and, in the case of Cadence, to the attention of the
General Counsel, or at such other address as shall have been given to the other
party in writing for the purposes of

11

12

this clause. Such notices shall be deemed effective upon the earliest to occur
of: (i) actual delivery; or (ii) five (5) calendar days after mailing (airmail
for international mailings), addressed and postage prepaid, return receipt
requested (except for international mailings); or (iii) one (1) day after
transmission by fax, if to Cadence to (408) 944-0215, and if to Vendor, to
(408)280-7915.

12.4 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder, in
whole or in part, shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by either party
without the express written consent of the other party. However, the foregoing
notwithstanding, an assignment by either party in connection with the transfer
of all, or a substantial portions of its assets, product lines or businesses, or
by reason of acquisition, merger, consolidation or operation of law shall not
require consent. Subject to the above, this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12.5 Severability, Waiver or Amendment. If any Agreement provision is
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, the
remaining provisions of this Agreement will continue in effect. No waiver,
amendment or modification of any provision hereof shall be effective unless in
writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver, amendment or
modification is sought to be enforced. No failure or delay by either party in
exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any
such right, power or remedy.

12.6 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as expressly provided
herein, the rights and remedies provided in this Agreement shall be cumulative
and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided at law, in equity or
otherwise.

12.7 Government Provisions. When the Licensed Works are to be furnished
to the United States Government, or, to an End User for use on a subcontract
under a United States Government prime contract (collectively a "Government
Contract"), Vendor agrees to comply with provisions that are contained in the
Government Contract, insofar as Cadence is required by law or regulations to
flow down or otherwise make such provisions applicable to Vendor as a
supplier/subcontractor of Cadence.

12.8 Excusable Delays; Force Majeure. Neither party shall be responsible
for any delay in or failure to deliver or perform any obligations which is due
to circumstances beyond that party's reasonable control. In the event of any
such failure or delay, the time of performance shall be extended for a period
equal to the time lost by reason of the delay.

12.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is made under, governed by, and shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the state of California, excluding
its choice of laws rule, as applied to contracts between California corporations
entered into and to be performed entirely in California. The prevailing party in
any judicial action brought to enforce or interpret this Agreement or for relief
for its breach shall be entitled to recover its costs and its reasonable
attorneys' fees incurred to prosecute or defend such action.

12.10 Entire Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement and the
Exhibits hereto, which are incorporated herein by this reference, except for
Exhibit D which is a separate agreement, constitute the entire agreement between
the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
and contemporaneous agreements, understanding, negotiations and discussions,
whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof.

12.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
or more counterparts, each of which will be considered an original, but all of
which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

12.12 Export. Vendor will notify Cadence from time to time of all export
classifications for the Licensed Works (including ECCNs) and all unusual export
requirements of which they are aware. Each party will comply with all applicable
laws in the performance of this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

12

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have entered into this Agreement
effective as of the year and date first set forth above.

CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.                VENDOR:

By: /s/ R.L. SMITH MCKEITHEN                 By: /s/ P.S. MELMAN
--------------------------------             --------------------------------

Name:   R.L. Smith McKeithen                 Name:   P.S. Melman
------------------------------               ------------------------------

Title:  Sr. V.P. & General Counsel           Title:  Chief Financial Officer
-----------------------------                -----------------------------

Date:   July 7, 2000                         Date:   July 7, 2000
------------------------------               ------------------------------

CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS (IRELAND) LIMITED

By: /s/ R.L. SMITH MCKEITHEN
--------------------------------

Name:   R.L. Smith McKeithen
------------------------------

Title:  Director
-----------------------------

Date:   July 7, 2000
------------------------------

13

14

EXHIBIT A

PRODUCTS AND DESIGNATED EQUIPMENT

REF: Software OEM Agreement
Dated:
================================================================================

1. DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCTS AND DOCUMENTATION.

Product Name         Description
------------         -----------

Circuit Surfer       Circuit Surfer is a software program for the analysis and
optimization of parametric yield/performance issues in
analog and mixed/signal circuits.

1.1 New Products. If Vendor develops or commercially offers a program
("New Product") that may be complementary to either the above Products or other
programs marketed by Cadence, Vendor will use commercially reasonable efforts to
give Cadence the right of first refusal to market the New Product pursuant to
this Agreement. In addition, Vendor agrees to use reasonable efforts to
preferentially select Cadence for the distribution of such New Products. In the
event the New Product is one which Cadence desires to include in its program
offerings, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to include the New
Product(s) at mutually agreeable prices.

2. DESIGNATED EQUIPMENT.

The Products shall operate on the following equipment product families
and operating system version level on which the programs that Cadence offers on
such equipment operate: Solarisx.x, HPUXx.x, and operating system version level
on which Cadence programs may operate currently and in the future.
****************************
*********************************.

3. DROP SHIPMENT.

[ ] If the box is checked the parties agree that Vendor will drop ship the
Products to End Users (or Marketing Agents, as applicable) worldwide, as
designated by Cadence from time to time, and at no charge to Cadence.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

14

15

EXHIBIT B

MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT SERVICES

REF: Software OEM Agreement
Dated:
================================================================================

1.0 MAINTENANCE.

1.1 FOR CADENCE.

1.1.1 Error Correction. Vendor will use its commercially
reasonable efforts to provide a Maintenance Modification to correct any Errors
in the Licensed Works reported by Cadence. Such response shall include as
appropriate: (i) reviewing the Error with Cadence; and (ii) gathering additional
information about the Error; and (iii) analyzing the Error to determine its
cause; and (iv) providing an Error solution if already known; and (v) where
required providing a Maintenance Modification. Maintenance Modifications will be
delivered promptly to Cadence at no additional cost. Vendor shall provide
Cadence with an estimate of how long it will take to correct the Error(s)
reported by Cadence and shall keep Cadence informed of the progress of the
problem resolution.

1.1.2 Error Classification & Response: Cadence will notify
Vendor when Errors are discovered. Cadence and Vendor will classify Errors by
severity as: "Fatal ", preventing a Product from performing any useful work; or
"Severe Impact ", disables major function(s); or "Degraded Operations ", Errors
disabling non-essential functions; or "Minor ", all other Errors. Vendor's
response remedy shall be in three levels defined as follows: (i) Level 1,
Cadence's receipt of Vendor's written confirmation acknowledging Vendor's
receipt of the Error report; and (ii) Level 2, Cadence's receipt of Vendor's
patch, workaround or temporary fix including Documentation changes; and (iii)
Level 3, Cadence's receipt of Vendor's official fix or update, including
applicable Documentation changes. The response/correction timetable shall be as
follows, wherein a day shall be considered to be a workday. Vendor shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to meet the timeframes set forth below.

Response/Correction Timetable

Severity              Level 1      Level 2              Level 3
--------              -------      -------              -------

Fatal                 *****        ***************      **********
Severe Impact         *****        ***************      **********
Degraded Operations   *****        ***************      **********
Minor                 *****        ***************      **********

1.1.3 Telephone Support: Provide reasonable telephone support to
Cadence on an as-needed basis. Vendor shall maintain a telephone hotline service
to enable Cadence to obtain a quick response to any Errors with the Licensed
Work. Service Hot lines, at a minimum, must be attended during the hours from
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Pacific Standard Time, Monday through Friday excluding
standard Vendor holidays.

1.1.4 Fees for Such maintenance services shall be specified in
Exhibit C.

1.1.5 Vendor shall use reasonable efforts to provide to Cadence
sufficient advance notice of any planned Maintenance Modification or
Enhancements to the Products(s)

1.2 FOR END USERS:

1.2.1 Vendor agrees to support its existing end users until such
time as Cadence and Vendor put a support plan in place and transition such
customers to Cadence.

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

15

16

1.2.2 After 2.1 is satisfied, or such other date as mutually agreed upon
by the parties in writing, Cadence shall be responsible for providing "first
line" maintenance and support services directly to End Users in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the End User Software Maintenance Agreement attached
hereto as Exhibit B1. During this time, Vendor shall continue to provide "second
line" maintenance and support services to Cadence, consistent with the terms and
conditions of Section 1.1 of this Exhibit B, and such other maintenance and
support services as Cadence may reasonably require in order to fulfill and
satisfy its maintenance and support obligations to End Users.

2.0 TRAINING.

2.1 Cadence Internal. During the Term of this Agreement, Vendor shall
provide training to Cadence and its Marketing Agents' personnel. Such training
shall cover, without limitation, the following topics in detail: (i)
installation and configuration procedures, (ii) operating, usage and performance
characteristics of the Product, (iii) Error diagnosis and isolation. Such
training shall be without charge to Cadence, shall consist of at least one
courses per release, and shall be conducted at such facilities with such
schedule as is mutually agreeable, except however Cadence shall reimburse Vendor
for its out of pocket costs for the instructor's travel, lodging and meal
expenses for training held at Cadence's facilities. Additionally, if any of the
foregoing topics are covered in regularly scheduled classes held at Vendor's
facilities, then Cadence or its Marketing Agents' personnel who are engaged in
the marketing, sales, integration or support of the Products may attend any such
course(s) at no charge, provided however Cadence shall be responsible for the
travel and living expenses of its course attendees.

2.2 End User training. Cadence shall be responsible for selling and
delivering End User training in a manner consistent with other Cadence products.
Cadence may desire to contract PDF to do the training. PDF will provide the
training material and reasonable consultation necessary for Cadence to develop a
production customer training class.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

16

17

EXHIBIT C

FEES AND PAYMENT

REF: Software OEM Agreement
Dated:
================================================================================

1. FEES.

Cadence shall pay Vendor the following amounts in Fees:

------ ----------------- -----------
YEAR    LICENSE FEES     DATE DUE
------ ----------------- -----------

1    ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ----------------- -----------
2    ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ----------------- -----------
3    ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ----------------- -----------

*Payment terms of **********.

1.2 Maintenance Fees. Cadence shall pay to Vendor the fees for the
maintenance and support services set forth on Exhibit B, in accordance with the
schedule set forth below:

------ ------------------ -----------
YEAR   MAINTENANCE FEES   DATE DUE
------ ------------------ -----------

1     ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ------------------ -----------
2     ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ------------------ -----------
3     ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ------------------ -----------
4     ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ------------------ -----------
5     ***************    *****
**********       *****

------ ------------------ -----------

*Payment terms of **********.

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

17

18

1.3 Development Fees. Cadence shall pay to Vendor the following minimum
fees for development services that may be provided by Vendor under Section 5.2
of the Agreement:

------ -------------------------- -----------
YEAR   MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT FEES   DATE DUE
------ -------------------------- -----------

1         ***************        *****
**********           *****

------ -------------------------- -----------
2         ***************        *****
**********           *****

------ -------------------------- -----------
3         ***************        *****
**********           *****

------ -------------------------- -----------

*Payment terms of **********.

***********************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
******************************************.

1.3 Prices. The parties agree that Cadence shall be free to determine
its prices to its customers.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

* Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with 
the Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the
omitted portions.

18

19

EXHIBIT D

SOFTWARE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

19

20

EXHIBIT E
STANDARD FORM OF LICENSE AGREEMENT

20

21

EXHIBIT F

TRADEMARK SPECIFICATIONS

REF:  Software OEM Agreement
Dated:
================================================================================

1. TRADEMARK SPECIFICATIONS.

The following are the trademark specifications for the Trademarks:
______________________ of Vendor.

[CONTENT TO BE PROVIDED BY VENDOR IN DIFFERENT SIZES AND SCALED]

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

21

1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
333-43192 of PDF Solutions, Inc. of our report dated April 3, 2000 (April 27,
2000 as to the first paragraph of Note 2), appearing in the Prospectus, which is
part of such Registration Statement, and of our report dated April 3, 2000
relating to the financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in this
Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
October 9, 2000

1

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE GmbH

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No.
333-43192 of PDF Solutions, Inc. of our report dated July 26, 2000 (relating to
the financial statements of Applied Integrated Systems & Software Entwicklungs-,
Produktions- und Vertriebs GmbH as of and for the year ended December 31, 1999).

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche GmbH
/s/ Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft

Munich, Germany
October 9, 2000